Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Grammar Search
"haya" has 1 results
haya: masculine vocative singular stem: haya
Amarakosha Search
14 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
aśvaḥ2.8.44MasculineSingular‍saptiḥ, gandharvaḥ, vājī, turagaḥ, saindhavaḥ, arvā, turaṅgam, ghoṭakaḥ, ghoड़ा, hayaḥ, vāhaḥ, turaṅgaḥ
bhairavam1.7.19MasculineSingularbhīṣaṇam, pratibhayam, bhīṣmam, ghoram, bhīmam, bhayānakam, dāruṇam, bhayaṅkaramhorrer
daraḥMasculineSingularsādhvasam, bhayam, trāsaḥ, bhītiḥ, bhīḥfear or terror
gahvaram3.3.191NeuterSingularbhayaḥ, śvabhraḥ
hanta3.3.252MasculineSingularanekaḥ, ubhayaḥ
hayapucchīFeminineSingularmāṣaparṇī, mahāsahā, kāmbojī
indraḥ1.1.45MasculineSingularmarutvān, pākaśāsanaḥ, puruhūtaḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, divaspatiḥ, vajrī, vṛṣā, balārātiḥ, harihayaḥ, saṅkrandanaḥ, meghavāhanaḥ, ṛbhukṣāḥ, maghavā, vṛddhaśravāḥ, purandaraḥ, śakraḥ, sutrāmā, vāsavaḥ, vāstoṣpatiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, svārāṭ, duścyavanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, viḍaujāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, śatamanyuḥ, gotrabhid, vṛtrahā, surapatiḥ, jambhabhedī, namucisūdanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, sahasrākṣaḥindra, the king of the gods
pratihāsaḥMasculineSingularkaravīraḥ, śataprāsaḥ, caṇḍātaḥ, hayamārakaḥ
ubhayedyuḥ2.4.21MasculineSingularubhayadyuḥ
ūrarī3.3.262MasculineSingularabhimukham, samīpam, ubhayataḥ, śīghram, sākalyam
uśīramMasculineSingularlaghulayam, amṛṇālam, abhayam, iṣṭakāpatham, lāmajjakam, sevyam, avadāham, jalāśayam, naladam
āhayamMasculineSingularbelonging of a snake
ahibhayam2.8.31NeuterSingular
bhayadrutaḥ3.1.41MasculineSingularkāndiśīkaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
544 results for haya
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
hayam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;fr.1. hi-) a horse etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. a symbolical expression for the number"seven"(on account of the 7 horses of the Sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. the zodiacal sign Sagittarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. (in prosody) a foot of four short syllables, proceleusmaticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. a man of a particular class View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. the Yak or Bos Grunniens
hayam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. of one of the horses of the Moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. of a son of sahasra-da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. of a son of śatā-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayam. plural the family of haya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaf(ā-or ī-) a female horse, mare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaf(ā-or ī-) Physalis Flexuosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamfn. urging on, driving (See aśva-hay/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayacaryāf. the roaming of the sacrificial horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayacchaṭāf. a troop of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayadānavam. " dānava- in the form of a horses", Name of keśin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayadviṣatm. "horses-hater", a buffalo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagandhan. black salt (varia lectio hṛdya-g-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagandhāf. (varia lectio hṛdya-g-) Physalis Flexuosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagandhāf. another plant (equals aja-modā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagardabhim. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaghnam. equals -māra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. "horse-necked", Name of a form of viṣṇu- (manifested according to to one legend, in order to recover the veda- carried off by two daitya-s called madhu- and kaiṭabha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a daitya- (also called brahma-veda-prahartṛ-,as having carried off the veda-s at the dissolution of the universe caused by brahma-'s sleep at the end of the past kalpa-;in order to recover them, viṣṇu- became incarnate as a matsya- or fish, and slew haya-grīva-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a tantra- deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a rājarṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a wicked king of the videha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvam. of the supposed author of the chāndogya- upaniṣad- and various other writers etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvadaṇḍakan. Name of stotra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvagadyan. Name of stotra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvahanm. "slayer of haya-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvapañcarātran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvapañjaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvaproktamfn. proclaimed or taught by haya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvaripum. "enemy of haya-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvasahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvavadham. Name of a poem by bhartṛ-meṇṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayahartṛm. the stealer of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayajñam. one who understands the points of a horse, a horse-dealer, groom, jockey ( hayajñatā -tā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayajñānan. knowledge of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayajñatāf. hayajña
hayakantharā varia lectio for -kātarā-, rikā-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayakantharikā varia lectio for -kātarā-, rikā-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayakarmann. practice or knowledge of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayakātarā f. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayakātarikāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayalālāf. horses's saliva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayalīlāvatīf. Name of work on horses (quoted by mallinātha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamāra m. "horses-killer", Nerium Odorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamārakam. "horses-killer", Nerium Odorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamāraṇam. "id.", Ficus Religiosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamedham. a horses sacrifice (See aśva-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamedhayājm. (Nominal verb -yāṭ-) one who performs a horses sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaṃkaṣam. "impelling horses", Name of mātali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamukhan. a horse's face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamukhan. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayamukhīf. Name of a rākṣasī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayanam. a year (see hāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayanan. a covered carriage or palanquin (also read ḍayana-;See under ḍī-)
hayanirghoṣam. the clatter of a horse's hoofs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapam. "horse-keeper", a groom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapam. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapatim. "id.", Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapriyam. "dear to horses", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapriyāf. Physalis Flexuosa or Phoenix Sylvestris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapuccham. or n. a horse's tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapucchīf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayapucchikāf. Glycine Debilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayarūpinmfn. horse-shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśālāf. a horse-stable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayasaṃgrahaṇan. the restraining or curbing or checking of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśāstran. () the art of training or managing horses, hippology. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśikṣāf. () the art of training or managing horses, hippology. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasn. a horses's head etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasmfn. having a horses's head (as the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasm. Name of viṣṇu- (in the form of haya-grīva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasf. Name of a daughter of puloman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasf. of a daughter of vaiśvānara- (also -śirā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśirasn. a particular mythical weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣa mfn. having a horse's head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣam. viṣṇu- in a particular form (prob. as haya-grīva-; see -śiras-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣanmfn. having a horse's head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣanm. viṣṇu- in a particular form (prob. as haya-grīva-; see -śiras-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣanpañcarātran. Name of a vaiṣṇava- work (chiefly treating of the erection of images and their consecration). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśīrṣapañcarātran. Name of a vaiṣṇava- work (chiefly treating of the erection of images and their consecration). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaśiśum. a young horses, foal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayaskandham. a troop of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayatattvan. idem or 'n. knowledge of horses ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayatattvajñamfn. acquainted with the nature of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavāhanam. Name of revanta- (son of the Sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavāhanam. of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavāhanaśaṃkaram. Bauhinia Variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavāhanasaṃkaram. Bauhinia Variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavidyāf. equals -jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayamf(ā-)n. unfearful, not dangerous, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayamfn. fearless, undaunted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayam. of a natural son of bimbisāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayam. of a son of idhmajihva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayam. of a river in krauñcadvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) absence or removal of fear, peace, safety, security etc. (see /abhaya-tama-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayan. "safety", (applied as proper name to) a child of dharma- and his reign in plakṣadvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayan. a kind of symbol procuring security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayan. a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayan. the root of a fragrant grass, Andropogon Muricatum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadamfn. giving fearlessness or safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadam. an arhat- of the jaina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadam. Name of a king (the son of manasyu- and father of sudhanvan-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadakṣiṇāf. promise or present or protection from danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadānan. giving assurance of safety. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayadattam. Name (also title or epithet) of a physician, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayaḍiṇḍimam. a war-drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayagaṇam. a list of hymns that secure from danger, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayagirivāsinm. plural "dwelling on the mountain of safety", Name of a division of kātyāyana-'s pupils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayagirivihāram. Buddhist monastery on the abhayagiri-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayagirivihāram. Name (also title or epithet) of a monastery, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayajātam. Name of a man, (gaRa gargādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhayajātamf(ī-)n. belonging to ābhayajātya- gaRa kaṇvādi- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhayajātyamf(ī-)n. descended from abhaya-jāta-, gaRa gargādi- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayaṃdadam. Name of avalokiteśvara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayaṃkara([ ]) ([ ]) mfn. causing safety. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayaṃkṛt([ ]) mfn. causing safety. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayapattran. (a modern term) , a written document or paper granting assurance of safety, a safe conduct. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayapradamfn. giving safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayapradānan. equals -dāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayasanimfn. giving safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayatama(/abhaya--) n. greatest safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayavācf. ([ ]) assurance of safety. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayavacanan. ([ ]) ([ ]) assurance of safety. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayayācanāf. asking for safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhayaNom. P. yati-, to face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhayaNom. (also) to conciliate(?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardhayajvan(6) mfn. (said of pūṣan-) receiving sacrifices apart or separate ones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aghayaNom. P. yati-, to do evil, sin, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahibhayan. "fear of a lurking snake", a king's apprehension of treachery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahibhayadāf. the plant Flacourtia Cataphracta Roxb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akutaścidbhaya mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akutobhaya mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akutracabhayamfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṅghayatmfn. not transgressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāvṛttibhayamfn. having no fear of return to worldly existence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubhayamfn. idem or 'mfn. (dual number) neither, no one (of two), ', View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathaya P. anyathayati-, to alter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apabhayamf(ā-)n. fearless, undaunted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apārthayaNom. P. yati-, to render useless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhayamfn. propitiating, doing homage, (gaRa brāhumaṇādi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārambhayajñam. a kind of sacrifice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhayaNom. P. yati-, to halve, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvahayamfn. driving horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyaṃdhayamf(ī-)n. sucking the mouth, kissing the mouth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiprauḍhayauvanamfn. being in the full enjoyment of youth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhṛthayajūṃṣin. plural the yajus--formulas used for the ava-bhṛtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avikathayatmfn. not talking vainly or idly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avirādhayatmfn. not opposing one's self to, not being at variance with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahayaNom. P. yati- (fr. bahu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagīrathayaśasf. Name of a daughter of prasena-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayan. ( bhī-) fear, alarm dread apprehension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayan. fear of (ablative genitive case or compound) or for (compound) etc. ( bhayāt yāt- ind."from fear"; bhayaṃ-kṛ-with ablative"to have fear of"; bhayaṃ-dā-,"to cause fear, terrify") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayan. sg. and plural terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayan. danger from (ablative or compound) or to, (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayan. the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayam. sickness, disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayam. Fear personified (as a vasu-, a son of nir-ṛti- or ni-kṛti-, a prince of the yavana-s and husband of the daughter of Time) (also n.;andf(ā-).as a daughter of kāla- or vaivasvata-, and wife of the rākṣasa- heti-) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayabhañjanam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayābhayan. danger and security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayabhraṣṭamfn. equals -druta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayabrāhmaṇam. a timid Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayacauryan. a theft committed with fear or danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadamfn. inspiring fear, causing danger (genitive case compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadānan. a gift offered from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadarśinmfn. apprehensive of danger, fearful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadāya() equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadāyin() mfn. equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadhanamfn. fearful, terrible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaḍiṇḍimam. "terror-drum", a drum used in battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadrutamfn. fled or fleeing through fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayahāraka() mfn. removing or dispelling fear. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayahārin(A.) mfn. removing or dispelling fear. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayahartṛ() mfn. removing or dispelling fear. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayahetum. cause for fear, danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaikapravaṇamfn. wholly inclined to fear, engrossed by fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayajātam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakampam. tremor from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakara mfn. causing fear, terrible, dangerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakartṛmfn. causing fear, terrible, dangerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakṛtmfn. idem or 'mfn. causing fear, terrible, dangerous ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayakṛtm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayamānam. Name of a man (;accord, to the author of ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaramf(ī-)n. terrible ( bhayaṃkaram am- ind.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaram. a kind of small owl View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaram. a kind of falcon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaram. Name of one of the viśve- devāḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaram. of various persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkaramind. bhayaṃkara
bhayaṃkarīf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaṃkartṛmfn. equals bhvya-kartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanan. fear, alarm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanāśanamfn. removing fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanāśanam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanāśinmfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanāśinīf. Ficus Heterophylla View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayanimīlitākṣamfn. having the eyes closed from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaprada() equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayapradāyin() mfn. equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaprastāvam. season of fear or alarm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayapratīkāram. removal of fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayasaṃhṛṣṭaromanmfn. having the hair erect with terror, horrified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayasaṃtrastamānasamfn. having the mind scared with terror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaśīlamfn. of a timorous disposition, timid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaśokasamāviṣṭamfn. filled with fear and sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayastha(bhay/a--), w. or n. (?) a perilous situation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayasthānan. occasion of danger or alarm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayasthānaśatan. plural hundreds of occasions of danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayatrastamfn. trembling with fear, frightened, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayatrātṛm. a saver from fear or danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayavidhāyinmfn. equals -kara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayavihvalamfn. disturbed or agitated with fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayaviplutamfn. panic-struck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayavyūham. "fear-array", Name of a particular mode of marshalling an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadbhayam. Name of one of the sons of the 9th manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadvārāhayantramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caritārthayaNom. yati-, to cause any one (accusative) to attain his aim, satisfy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chattrahayam. plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dambhayajñam. a hypocritical sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍabhayan. dread of punishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśarathayajñāramham. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhayamf(ā-)n. ( dhe-) sucking. sipping, drinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhayamf(ā-)n. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see āsyaṃ--, karaṃ--, ghatiṃ--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhayamf(ā-)n. with genitive case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhayadvatmfn. containing the word dhayati- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhayantikāf. (diminutive of ntī-) sucking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghayaNom. P. yati-, to be long, tarry, procrastinate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghayajñam. "performing a long sacrifice"Name of a king of ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghayaśas(gh/a--) mfn. renowned far and wide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draḍhaya(fr. dṛḍha-) Nom. P. yati-, to make firm, fasten, tighten, strengthen ; confirm, assert ; to stop, restrain, (see ḍriḍhaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhayaNom. P. yati- equals ḍhī-kṛ- (see draḍhaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhayaNom. P. yati-, (), idem or 'Nom. P. khati-, to pain ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhayantran. application of pain, torture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārakānāthayajvanm. "worshipper of the lord of dvārakā-", Name of Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhayamakan. (in rhetoric) a yamaka- (q.v) exhibited in an inserted phrase (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gardabhayaNom. yati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭiṃdhayamfn. one who drinks a pitcherful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahayajñam. a sacrifice offered to the planets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahayajñatattvan. Name of part of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛbhayatmfn. (irregular pr. p.) seizing, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhayaNom. A1. yate-, to grasp (see gṛbh/ayat-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhayantran. an apparatus to which on festive occasions the flags of a house are fastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayam. Name of a race (said to have been descendants of yadu-;they are described in the purāṇa-s as separated into 5 divisions, viz. the tālajaṅgha-s, vīti-hotra-s, āvantya-s, tuṇḍikera-s, and jāta-s;they are, said to have overrun parts of India along with the śaka-s or Scythian tribes) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayam. a king of the haihaya-s (especially applied to arjuna- kārtavīrya-, who is said to have had a thousand arms;See kārtavīrya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayam. Name of a son of sahasrada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayam. of a son of śata-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayam. (?) of a medical author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harihayam. a horse of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harihayam. "having bay or gold-coloured horses", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harihayam. of the Sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harihayam. of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harihayam. of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛcchayamfn. (for -śaya-) lying or abiding in the heart (with muniḥ-purāṇaḥ-,"the eternal Monitor in the heart", id est"the conscience") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛcchayam. "heart-dweller", kāma-deva- or love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛcchayapīḍitamfn. tormented by love, love-sick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛcchayavardhanamfn. augmenting love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrībhayan. fear of shame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īṅkhayamfn. moving, causing to flow or go.
jagadbhayan. terror of the universe, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayatīrthayatim. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. Name of a commentator' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. sacrifice of the eldest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. the most excellent sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadarthayaNom. (fr. kad-artha-) P. kadarthayati-, to consider as a useless thing, estimate lightly, despise ; to torment, torture, trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kahayam. Name of a man gaRa śivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāhayam. a patronymic fr. kahaya- gaRa śivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karaṃdhayamfn. sucking the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khariṃdhayamfn. ? drinking ass's milk (see khāriṃ-dh-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāriṃdhayamfn. ? (see khariṃ-dh-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kratuhayam. a sacrificial horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtabhayamfn. alarmed, apprehensive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtābhayamfn. saved from danger or fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtārthayaNom. P. yati-, to render successful, content, satisfy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūlaṃdhayamf(ī-)n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghaya laghiman- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghayaNom. P. yati-, to make light, lessen, diminish, mitigate, soften, alleviate ; to cause to appear light ; to make light of, slight, despise ; to excel, surpass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohayaṣṭīf. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhayan. great danger or peril etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhayam. Great Danger personified as a son of adharma- by nirṛti- (see bhaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhayamf(ā-)n. accompanied with great danger or peril, very dangerous or formidable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahadbhayan. a great danger or emergency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahadbhayan. fear of great people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhayam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsuhayam. a high-spirited horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṃhayadrayimfn. (pr. p. of Causal + rayi-) granting wealth or treasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maraṇabhayan. the fear of death (with one of the 5 kinds of fear) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṭhayaNom. P. yati-, to build, erect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghayaNom. P. megh/ayati-, to make cloudy, cause cloudy weather (only pr. p. ;See next). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghayantīf. Name of one of the 7 kṛttikā-s commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghayatmfn. making cloudy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyubhayan. fear of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyubhayan. danger of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhayantraṇan. "mouth-curb", the bit of a bridle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muñjaṃdhayamf(ī-)n. sucking Munja-grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣṭidhayamfn. sucking the fist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣṭidhayam. a boy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāḍiṃdhayamfn. drinking or sucking through a tube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakutaścidbhayamfn. nakutaścid
narahaya varia lectio for nāra-h-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārahayan. (with yuddha--) a fight between man and horse (varia lectio nara-h-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narasiṃhayantran. Name of a mystic. diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsikaṃdhayamfn. drinking through the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naṣṭobhayalokamfn. one for whom both worlds are lost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahayantroddharaṇakramam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayan. fearlessness, security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayamf(ā-)n. fearless, not afraid of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayamf(ā-)n. free from danger, secure, tranquil ( nirbhayam am- ind.fearlessly etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayam. Name of a son of the 13th manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayabhīmam. Name of a play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhayamind. nirbhaya
nirbhayarāmabhaṭṭam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūṅkhayaNom. P. yati-, to insert the nyūṅkha- ; A1. (ny/ūṅkhayate-) to growl (as a hungry animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālohaya(!) m. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇiṃdhayamfn. drinking out of the hand's View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāṅmukhayaNom. P. yati-, to turn back or away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhayam. or n. ( bhī-) apprehension, fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridraḍhayaNom. P. yati- (fr. pari-dṛḍha-), to make firm or strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripanthayaNom. P. yati-, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripucchayaNom. A1. yate-, to wag the tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivraḍhayaNom. P. -vraḍhaya-, yati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pithaya yati-, to shut (a door) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇabhayan. fear for l, peril of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathayaNom. P. yati- equals pṛthum ācaṣṭe- (see Causal of prath-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathayatmfn. spreading out, extending etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathayatmfn. seeing, beholding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayamf(ā-)n. exciting fear, formidable, terrible, dangerous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayan. fear (with ablative or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayan. danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayakaramfn. causing fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayamind. formidably, frightfully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibhayaṃkaramfn. causing fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratinyūṅkhayaNom. yati-, to insert the vowel o- in the corresponding stanza or verse
prativādibhayaṃkaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍhayauvanamfn. being in the prime or bloom of youth (ati--and an-ati-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayāgabhayam. "fearing sacrifice", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
protkaṇṭhayaNom. P. ṭhayati-, to awaken longings, excite desires in (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhayajvanm. one who sacrifices on high places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pucchayaSee ut-pucchaya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaṃdhayam. "flower-sucking", a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājabhayan. "king's risk", danger from or fear of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṣṭrabhayan. fear for a kingdom, danger threatening a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ripubhayan. fear or danger from an enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rogabhayan. fear of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūḍhayauvanamfn. one who has attained to youth or adolescence
rugbhayan. fear of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhayamf(ā-)n. fearful, apprehensive ( sabhayam am- ind.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhayamf(ā-)n. riskful, dangerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhayadakṣiṇamind. with the gift of fearlessness or security View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhayamind. sabhaya
sādhayaNom. P. yati- (fr. sādhu- equals bāḍha-; see sādhiṣṭha-, sādhīyas-), to make hard or firm (See also Causal of sādh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhayaSee , and sādh-, p.1200col.3.
sahayamfn. with horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhayamfn. causing or enabling to bear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahayajñamf(ā-)n. with sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahayaśas(sah/a--) mfn. glorious, splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahayaugaṃdharāyaṇamfn. with yaugaṃdharāyaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabhayan. danger from water, inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabhayadāyinmfn. causing inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhayaNom. (fr. saṃ-dhi-;also with anu-prefixed ) P. yati-, to put or join together, unite (especially "to join bow and arrow","take aim";with ātmani-,"to appropriate to one's self, assume, acquire") etc. ; to be reconciled, conclude peace (only in infinitive mood saṃ-dhitum-,which may also be referred to saṃ-dhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammukhayaNom. P. yati-, to aim at (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhayatmfn. (fr. Causal) agreeing together, being in harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samṛddhayaśasmfn. rich in fame, renowned, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsṛṣṭadhayamfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the cow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrabandhayajvanm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudramīṅkhayamfn. causing the soma--vessel to shake or move (as soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṇḍhayaNom. P. yati-, to castrate, emasculate, unman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntabhayam. Name of a son of medhātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntabhayan. Name of the varṣa- ruled by him (varia lectio śāṃtanava-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntahayam. Name of a son of manu- tāmasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapratibhayamfn. dangerous, uncertain ( sapratibhayatā -tā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapratibhayatāf. sapratibhaya
saptahayam. equals saptāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saridubhayan. (prob.) the bank of a river, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārthayaNom. P. yati-, to make a profit or gain out of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabhayaṃkaramfn. terrifying all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvābhayaṃkaramfn. causing universal safety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvābhayapradamfn. giving safety to all (and of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalokabhayaṃkaramfn. appalling to the whole world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrabhayan. fear or danger of arms, calamity of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatahayam. Name of a son of manu- tamasa- (varia lectio śānta-h-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyanāthayatim. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sobhayamfn. comprehending both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokārātibhayatrāṇan. protection or a protector from sorrow and enemies and danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇahayamfn. having red horses (said of droṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛhayadvarṇamfn. striving after or eager for any particular appearance or form, vying in appearance or lustre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraddhayat(?) mfn. equals śrad-dadhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreṣṭhayajñam. the best or chief sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayamf(ī-or[ ] ā-)n. sucking the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayam. a suckling, infant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanaṃdhayam. a calf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhayaṃkaramfn. causing great fear or danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhayaNom. P. yati-, to refresh, comfort (varia lectio svadh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhayaNom. P. yati-, to make fragrant, scent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhayaSee mahā-suhay/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhayaSee sukh-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhayaśorthavṛddhikaramfn. causing increase of fortune (and) renown (and) wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuniṃdhayamfn. (for śunīṃ-dh-) Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhayaNom. P. yati-, to make fragrant, perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susthayaNom. P. yati- (fr. su-stha-), to establish or settle well, make comfortable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhayaNom. P. yati-, to propitiate, conciliate (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhaya yati- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarabhedabhayan. svarabheda
śvetahayam. a white horse (Name of the horse of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahayam. "having white horse", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trailokyabhayakārakamfn. causing fear to the 3 worlds. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tucchayaNom. P. to make empty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tutthayaNom. P. to cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvadbhayan. dread of thee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayamf(ī-)n. (only sg. and plural; according to hara-datta- also dual number See ) both, of both kinds, in both ways, in both manners etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayabhāgamfn. having part in both (night and day) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayabhāgaharamfn. taking two shares or parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayabhāgaharamfn. applicable to two purposes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayabhāgaharan. a medicine that acts in two ways (as an emetic and a purge). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayabhājmfn. acting in two ways (as a medicine, see the last) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayacaramfn. "moving in or on both", living in water and on land or in the air, amphibious. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayacārinmfn. going or moving in both (night and day) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayacchannāf. (in rhetoric) a kind of enigma, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayadatmfn. (Ved. ) having teeth in both (jaws). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayadyusind. on both days, on two subsequent days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayaguṇamfn. possessed of both qualities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayakāmamfn. wishing both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayaṃkaramfn. doing or effecting both
ubhayamukhamf(ī-)n. "having a face towards either way","two-faced", a pregnant female (so called because the embryo has its face turned in an opposite direction to that of the mother) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayapad(Nominal verb m. pāt-) mfn. having both feet, with both feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayapadinmfn. (fr. ubhaya-pada-), having both parasmai-pada- and ātmane-pada-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayapārśvatasind. on both sides, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayasāmanmfn. (a day) on which both sāman-s (viz. bṛhat- and rathaṃtara-) are sung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayasambhavam. the possibility of both cases, a dilemma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayasambhavamfn. having its origin in both. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayasaptamīf. Name of a particular day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayaśirasmfn. "having a head towards both ways"or"two-headed", a pregnant female (see -mukha-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayasnātakamfn. one who has performed the prescribed ablutions after finishing both (his time of studying and his vow) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayaspṛṣṭif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayastobhan. Name of several sāman-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayata(in compound for ubhay/atas-below) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataetamf(en/ī-)n. variegated on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥ(in compound for ubhay/atas-below) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥkālamind. at both times (id est before and after a meal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥkṣṇūmfn. two-edged, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥkṣṇutmfn. two-edged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpadmfn. (Nominal verb m. pāt-) having or using both feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpakṣamfn. being on both sides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥparigṛhītamfn. enclosed on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpāśamfn. having a loop or knot on both sides (as a rope) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥprajñamfn. (fr. prajñā-), one whose cognizance is directed both inwards and outwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥprāṇamfn. having vital air on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpraṇavamfn. having the syllable om- at the beginning and end, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥpraugamfn. having a pra-üga (q.v) on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsaṃśvāyinmfn. swelling on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsasyamfn. yielding a crop in both seasons (as a field) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥśīrṣanmf(śīrṣṇ/ī-)n. having a head towards either way, two-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥśīrṣatvan. the state of having two heads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥstobhamfn. having a stobha- both at the beginning and end (as a sāman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsujātamfn. well-born both by the paternal and maternal side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataś(in compound for ubhay/atas-below) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatasind. from or on both sides, to both sides (with genitive case or accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatasind. in both cases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataścakramfn. having wheels on both sides, two-wheeled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatastīkṣṇamfn. sharp on both sides (as a spear) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataukthyamfn. "having ukthya- sacrifices on both sides", between two ukthya- sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayathāind. in both ways, in both cases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayato(in compound for ubhay/atas-above) .
ubhayatobārhatamind. on both sides accompanied by bṛhat-sāman- songs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatobhāgaharamfn. = ubhaya-bhāga-hara- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatobhājmfn. idem or 'mfn. = ubhaya-bhāga-hara- q.v ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatobhāṣamfn. occurring both in the parasmai-bhāṣā- (= parasmai-pada-) and ātmane-bhāṣā- (= ātmane-pada-) Bombay edition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatodantamf(ā-)n. idem or 'mfn. having teeth in both jaws ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatodatmfn. having teeth in both jaws View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatodhāramfn. two-edged, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatodvāramfn. having a door on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatohrasvamfn. having a short vowel on both sides, produced by two short vowels (as a vowel accented with a svarita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatojyotismfn. having light on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatojyotismfn. "having a jyotiḥ-ṣṭoma-, sacrifice on both sides", being between two jyotiḥ-ṣṭoma- sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatomukhamf(ī-)n. equals ubhaya-mukha-, q.v etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatomukhamf(ī-)n. having a spout on both sides (as a pitcher) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatonābhimfn. having a nave on both sides (as wheels) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatonamaskāramfn. having the word namas- on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatoṅga(tas-aṅga-) mfn. having a part on both sides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatotirātra(tas-ati-) mfn. being between two ati-rātra- sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatraind. in both places, on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayatraind. in both cases or times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavaṃśyamfn. (fr. ubhaya-vaṃśa-), belonging to both families or lineages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavartaninmfn. having both wheels (or two wheels), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavāsinmfn. living or abiding in both (places) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavatmfn. furnished with or containing both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. "receiving wages from both", a spy who seemingly enters the enemy's service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. a perfidious or treacherous servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanatvan. the state of receiving wages from both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavidhamfn. of two kinds or forms commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavidyāf. the twofold science (id est religious knowledge and acquaintance with worldly affairs ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavipulāf. Name of a metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavyañjanan. having the marks of both sexes, a hermaphrodite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhayamfn. ( dhe-), sucking out, drinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūḍhayaNom. P. yati- (fr. ūḍha-and ūḍhi-) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvṛṣabhayajñam. a particular sacrifice commentator or commentary on commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullāghayaNom. P. ullāghayati-, to cause to recover or revive, resuscitate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparādhayamfn. ( rādh-), propitiating, doing homage gaRa brāhmaṇādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpathayaNom. P. yati-, to lead astray, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpucchayaNom. P. A1. utpucchayati-, -te-, to raise or cock the tail on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānahayam. Name of a son of śatājit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācamīṅkhayamfn. idem or 'mfn. "word-moving", singing, reciting ' (said of soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahnibhayan. danger of fire, conflagration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahnibhayadamfn. bringing danger of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhayajña(v/a-) m. Name of a particular sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthayatnam. Name of work
veṇuhayam. Name of a descendant of yadu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhayan. freedom from danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhayamfn. not exposed to danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigatabhayam. "free from fear", Name of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigrahayaNom. P. yati-, to contend or fight with (sārdham-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimukhayaNom. P. yati-, to render averse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinirbhayam. Name of a sādhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipathayaNom. P. yati-, to lead upon the wrong way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipathayamakan. a kind of yamaka- (q.v) in which the paronomasia is only at the beginning and end of the verse (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipramuktabhayamfn. removed from danger, free from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virādhaya(fr. Causal) gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visārathihayadhvajamfn. without charioteer and horses and banner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītabhayam. "fearless, undaunted", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītabhayam. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītarāgabhayakrodhamfn. free from passions and fear and anger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītaśokabhayamfn. free from sorrow and fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitathayaNom. P. yati-, to render untrue, accuse of falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhayajñam. a marriage-sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhayavanam. the older yavana- (also called yavanācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhayavanajātakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhayavaneśvaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkabhayan. fear of or danger from wolves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhibhayan. fear of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetabhayamfn. free from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyarthayaNom. P. yati-, to make useless or superfluous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyarthayatnamfn. useless in its efforts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamadharmanirbhayastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
42 results
hayaḥ हयः [हय्-हि-वा अच्] 1 A horse; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14; Ms.8.296; R.9.1 -2 A man of a particular class; see under अश्व. -3 The number 'seven'. -4 N. of Indra. -5 (In prosody) A foot of four short syllables. -6 The zodiacal sign Sagittarius. -7 The Yak (Bos Grunniens). -Comp. -अङ्गः Sagittarius (धनुराशि). -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of horses. -अरिः the fragrant oleander. -आनन्दः green grain of Phaselous Mungo (Mar. हिरवे मूग). -आयुर्वेदः veterinary science. -आरूढः a horseman, rider. -आरोहः 1 a rider. -2 riding (also आरोहम् in this sense). -आलयः a horse-stable. -आसनी the gum-olibanum tree. -इष्टः barley -उत्तमः an excellent horse. -कर्मन् n. knowledge of horses. -कातरा, -कातरिका N. of a plant; (Mar. घोडे काथर). -कोविद a. versed in the science of horses-their management, training &c. -गन्धः N. of a plant (Mar. आसंध). -ग्रीव 1 N. of a form of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of a demon; ज्ञात्वा तद्दानवेन्द्रस्य हयग्रीवस्य चेष्टितम् Bhāg.8.24.9. (-वा) N. of Durgā. -च्छटा a troop of horses. -ज्ञः a horse-dealer, groom, jockey. -द्विषत् m. the buffalo. -पः, -पतिः a groom. -पुच्छिका, -पुच्छी Glycine Debilis (Mar. रानउडीद). -प्रियः barley. -प्रिया the Kharjuri tree. -मारः, -मारकः the fragrant oleander. -मारणः the sacred fig-tree. -मुखः N. of a form of Viṣṇu; Mb. 1.23.16. -मेधः a horse sacrifice; सर्वान् कामानवाप्नोति हय- मेधफलं तथा Y.1.181. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 Revanta, the son of the sun. -शाला a stable for horses. -शास्त्रम् the art or science of training and managing horses. -शिक्षा hippology. -संग्रहणम्, -संयानम् the restraining or curbing of horses; driving horses; पश्य मे हयसंयाने शिक्षां केशवनन्दन Mb.3.19.5.
hayaṃkaṣaḥ हयंकषः 1 A driver, charioteer. -2 N. of Mātali, the charioteer of Indra.
hayanaḥ हयनः A year. -नम् A covered carriage.
anyathayati अन्यथयति Den. P. To change, alter, to change into something totally different; धर्मश्च कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथयितुमीश्वरस्य शिवस्य आज्ञानुल्लङ्घनम् । चोलचम्पू p.13.
apabhaya अपभय a. Free from fear, fearless, undaunted; ततः ग्रहस्यापभयः पुरन्दरं पुनर्बभाषे तुरगस्य रक्षिता R.3.51.
abhaya अभय a. [न. ब.] Free from fear or danger, secure, safe; वैराग्यमेवाभयम् Bh.3.35. -यः [न भयं यस्मात्] 1 An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 One devoid of all worldly possessions. -4 One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments. -5 N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to a march or expedition. -6 A refugeoffering pose of the hand of an image; Māna.12. 12-21. See अभयमुद्रा. -या 1 N. of a plant (हरीतकी), Mar. हिरडा). -2 A form of the goddess Durgā. -यम् 1 Absence or removal of fear. -2 Security, safety, protection from fear or danger. मया तस्याभयं दत्तम् Pt.1; अभयस्य हि यो दाता Ms.8.33; Ś.2.17. -2 N. of a sacrificial hymn. -3 The root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूलम्, उशीरम्). -Comp. -कृत् a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giving safety. -गिरिवासिन् m. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Kātyāyana's pupils. -गिरिविहारः Buddhist monastery on the Abhayagiri. -डिण्डिमः 1 proclamation of assurance of safety. -2 a military or war-drum. -द, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. giving a guarantee or promise of safety; भयेष्वभयदः Rām.; ˚प्रद; ऐश्वर्यमभयप्रदः Ms.4.232. (-दः) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा, -दानम्, -प्रदानम् giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection (from danger); सर्वप्रदानेष्वभयप्रदानम् (प्रधानम्) Pt.1.29; सर्वतः प्रतिगृह्णीयान्मध्वथाभयदक्षिणाम् Ms.4.247. -पत्रम् a written document or paper granting assurance of safety; cf. the modern 'safe-conduct'. -मुद्रा a variety of mudrā in Tantra literature. -याचना asking for protection; ˚अञ्जलिः; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -वचनम्, -वाच् f. an assurance or promise of safety. -सनि a. Ved. giving safety.
abhayaṃdadaḥ अभयंददः N. of Avalokiteśvara (Buddhistic).
āsyaṃdhaya आस्यंधय a. [आस्यं धयति धे-ख मुम्] Kissing.
utpucchayate उत्पुच्छयते Den. Ā. 1 To raise the tail. -2 (P.) To make one raise the tail.
udvṛṣabhayajñaḥ उद्वृषभयज्ञः A religious act performed by the persons that hail from North India; ये उदीच्या इति समाख्यातास्ते उद्वृषभयज्ञादीन् (करिष्ष्यन्ति) ŚB,. on MS.1.3.19.
upasnehayati उपस्नेहयति Den. P. To melt (to love); U.2.6.
ubhaya उभय pron. a. (-यी f.) (Though dual in sense, it is used in the singular and plural only; according to some grammarians in the dual also) Both (of persons or things); यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह Īśa. Up.11 उभयमप्यपरितोषं समर्थये Ś.7; उभयमानशिरे वसुधाधिपाः R.9.9; उभयीं सिद्धिमुभाववापतुः 8. 23.17.38; Amaru.6; Ku.7.78; Ms.2.55,4.224,9.34, -Comp. -अन्वयिन् a. Tending towards both, keeping connection with both. -अलंकारः (in Rhet.) A figure of speech, which sets off both the sense and sound. -अर्थम् ind. for a double object (for earthly prosperity and heavenly happiness also). -आत्मक a. belonging to both. -चर a. living in water and on land or in the air, amphibious. Mātaṅga L.1.28. (-रः) a class of birds who live both on land and in the air. -च्छन्ना (in Rhet.) A kind of enigma. -द्युः ind. 1 on both days. -2 the day past and to come. -पदिन् a. Having both Parasmai and Atmane pada. -भागहर a. 1 applicable to two objects. -2 taking two shares. (-रम्) a medicine that acts in two ways (both as an emetic and a purgative). -मुख a. two faced; a pregnant female. -विद्या two-fold sciences; i. e. religious knowledge and knowledge about worldly affairs. -विध a. of both kinds. -विपुला f. N. f a metre. -विभ्रष्ट a. losing both कच्चिन्नोभयविभ्रष्टः Bg.6.38. -वेतन a. receiving wages from both (parties), serving two masters, treacherous, perfidious; उभयवेतनो भूत्वा Pt.1; Śi.2.113. Kau.A.1.16. -व्यञ्जन a. having the marks of both sexes, hermaphrodite. -संभवः a. dilemma. -स्नातक a. one who has performed the prescribed ablutions after finishing both his time of studying and his vow. See Kullūka on Ms.4.31.
ubhayataḥ उभयतः ind. 1 From both sides, on both sides, to both sides (with acc.) एतदनृतमुभयतः सत्येन परिगृहीतम् Br. Up.5.5.1 उभयतः कृष्णं गोपाः Sk. तज्जाः पुनात्युभयतः पुरुषा- नेकविंशतिम् Y.1.58; Ms.8.315. -2 In both cases. -3 In both ways; पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः Ms.1.47. -Comp. -क्षुत् a. two-edged (Ved.). -दत्, -दन्त a. having a double row of teeth; पशून् मृगान् मनुष्यांश्च व्यालाश्चो- भयतोदतः Ms.1.43. -पाश a. having trap on both sides. lit. and fig. सैषोभयतस्पाशा रज्जुर्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.68. -प्रज्ञ a. one whose cognizance is directed both inwards and outwards. नान्तःप्रज्ञं न बहिःप्रज्ञं नोभयतः प्रज्ञं Māndū. -भाष a. occurring both in parasmaibhāsā and Ātmanebhāṣā. -मुख a. 1 looking either way. -2 two-faced (as a house &c). -2 Two-edged (a sword) पट्टीशात्मसमोहस्तबुध्नश्चोभयतो मुखः Śukra.4.144. (-खी) a cow; ('यावद्वत्सस्य पादौ द्वौ मुखं यो$न्यां च दृश्यते' तत्काले उभयतो मुखी) Y.1,26-7. -ह्रस्व a. (an accented vowel) produced by two short vowels.
ubhayatra उभयत्र ind. 1 In both places. -2 On both sides; भ्रातरुभयत्रा ते अर्थम् Rv.3.53.5. ˚उदात्त having an Udātta accent on both sides. -3 In both cases; Ms.3.125,167.
ubhayathā उभयथा ind. 1 In both ways; उभयथापि घटते V.3. -2 In both cases.
karandhaya करन्धय a. Kissing the hand.
kusumandhayaḥ कुसुमन्धयः A bee; उदलसद्दलसत्कुसुमन्धयैः Rām. Ch.4.24.
kūlaṃdhaya कूलंधय a. Kissing, i. e. bordering on the bank of a river.
ghaṭiṃdhaya घटिंधय a. One who drinks a pitcherful (of water &c.).
tirohayati तिरोहयति Den. P. To hide, conceal.
tucchayati तुच्छयति Den. P. To make empty or poor; कांश्चित् तुच्छयति प्रपूरयति वा Mk.1.6.
taucchayam तौच्छयम् 1 Emptiness. -2 meanness, worthlessness.
dṛḍhayati दृढयति Den. P. To make firm, confirm, strengthen; cf. द्रढयति.
draḍhayati द्रढयति Den. P. -1 To make firm, fasten, tighten, (lit.) as in जटाजूटग्रन्थिं द्रढयति. -2 To strengthen, confirm, corroborate; निवेशः शैलानां तदिदमिति बुद्धिं द्रढयति U.2.27; विशुद्धेरुत्कर्षस्त्वयि तु मम भक्तिं द्रढयति 4.11
drāghayati द्राघयति Den. P. 1 To lengthen, stretch, extend. -2 To increase, intensify; द्राघयन्ति हि मे शोकं स्मर्यमाणा गुणास्तवः Bk.18.33. -3 To tarry, delay.
dhaya धय a. (Usually at the end of comp.) Drinking, sucking; as in स्तनन्धय; फलानि धूमस्य धयानधोमुखान् N.1.82.
nāḍiṃdhaya नाडिंधय a. Drinking or sucking through a tube.
nāsikaṃdhaya नासिकंधय a. Drinking through the nose.
pāṇiṃdhaya पाणिंधय a. Drinking out of the hands.
puṣpaṃdhayaḥ पुष्पंधयः A bee.
bhayam भयम् [विमेत्यस्मात्, भी-अपादाने अच्] 1 Fear, alarm, dread, apprehension, (oft. with abl.); भोगे रोगमयं कुले च्युतिभयं वित्ते नृपालाद्भयम् Bh.3.35; यदि समरमपास्य नास्ति मृत्योर्भयम् Ve.3.4. -2 Fright, terror; जगद्भयम् &c. -3 A danger, risk, hazard; तावद्भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद्भयमनागतम् । आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद्यथोचितम् H.1.54. -4 The sentiment of fear; see भयानक below; रौद्रशक्त्या तु जनितं चित्तवैकल्यजं भयम् S. D.6. -5 The blossom of Trapa Bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा) -यः Sickness, disease. -Comp. अन्वित, -आक्रान्त a. overcome with fear. -अपह a. warding off or removing fear. (-हः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a king. -आतुर, -आर्त a. afraid, alarmed, frightened. -आवह a. 1 causing fear, formidable. -2 risky; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -उत्तर a. attended with or succeeded by fear. -एकप्रवण a. wholly overpowered by fear. -कम्पः tremour of fear. -कर (also भयंकर) a. 1 frightening, terrible, fearful. -2 dangerous, perilous; so भयकारक, -भयकृत्. -कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशन V. Sah. -डिण्डिमः a drum used in battle. -त्रातृ a. a deliverer from fear. -दर्शिन् a. 1 fearful. -2 intimidating. -द्रुत a. fleeing from fear, routed, put to flight. -नाशन removing fear. (-नः) N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशनः V. Sah. -प्रतीकारः warding off or removal of fears. -प्रद a. inspiring fear, fearful, terrible. -प्रस्तावः an occasion of fear. -ब्राह्मणः a timid Brāhmaṇa, a Brāhmaṇa who, to save himself from danger, declares his caste relying on the inviolability of a Brāhmaṇa. -भ्रष्ट a. put to flight. -विप्लुत a. panic-struck. -व्यूहः a particular array of troops when they are threatened with danger; सर्वतः सर्वतोभद्रं भयव्यूहं प्रकल्पयेत् Kām. -शील a. timid. -स्थानम्, -हेतुः a cause of fear; हर्षस्थानसहस्राणि भयस्थानशतानि च Mb.18.5.61. -हर्तृ, हारिन् a. removing fear, dispelling alarm.
bhayanam भयनम् Fear, alarm.
bhayaṃkara भयंकर a. = भयकर q. v. (-रः) A kind of owl.
muṣṭiṃdhayaḥ मुष्टिंधयः A child, baby, infant.
meghayati मेघयति Den. P. To make cloudy, darken.
laghayati लघयति Den. P. 1 To make light, lighten (lit.); नितान्तगुर्वी लघयिष्यता धुरम् R.3.35. -2 To alleviate, lighten, lessen, mitigate; रहसि लघयेदारब्धा वा तदाश्रयिणी कथा V.3.1; R.11.62. -3 (a) To make light of, slight, despise; लघयन् खलु तेजसा जगत् Ki.2.18. (b) To make inferior or insignificant; लघयता शरदम्बुदसंहतिम् Ki.5.4;13.38.
vitathayati वितथयति Den. P. To make false; वितथयति न जातु मद्वचो$साविति Śi.7.8.
sapratibhaya सप्रतिभय Uncertain.
sādhayantaḥ साधयन्तः [Uṇ.3.128 com.] A mendicant, beggar.
sukhayati सुखयति Den. P. Top give pleasure to, please, delight; पौरस्त्यो वा सुखयति मरुत्साधुसंवाहनाभिः Māl.9.25.
snanaṃdhaya स्ननंधय a. [स्तनं धयति धे-खश् मुम् च] Sucking the breast; यदि बुध्यते हरिशिशुः स्तनंधयो भविता करेणुपरिशेषिता मही Bv.1.53; तवाङ्कशायी परिवृत्तभाग्यया मया न दृष्टस्तनयः स्तनंधयः Māl.1.6. -यः An infant, a suckling; स्तनंधयप्रीति- मवाप्स्यसि त्वम् R.14.78; Śi.12.4.
haihaya हैहय m. pl. N. of a people and their country. -यः 1 N. of the great-grandson of Yadu. -2 N. of Arjuna Kārtavīrya (who had a thousand arms and was slain by Paraśurāma q. v.); धेनुवत्सहरणाच्च हैहयस्त्वं च कीर्तिमप- हर्तुमुद्यतः R.11.74.
Macdonell Vedic Search
10 results
ubhayādat ubhayá̄-dat, a. having teeth on both jaws, x. 90, 10.
chāyā chāyá̄, f. shade, ii. 33, 6 [Gk. σκιá̄].
dhā 2. dhā suck, IV. P. dháya, ii. 33, 13; 35, 5.
prabodhayant pra-bodháyant, cs. pr. pt. awakening, iv. 51, 5 [budh wake].
bhī bhī fear, I. Ā. bháyate, i. 85, 8; ii. 12, 13; pf. bibhá̄ya, v. 83, 2; s ao. ábhaisur, viii. 48, 11.
raṃh Raṃh hasten, I. ráṃha; cs. raṃháya cause to speed, i. 85, 5.
vihāyas ví-hāyas, a. mighty, viii. 48, 11.
vṛdh vṛdh grow, I. várdha, i. 85, 7; ii. 35, 11; cause to prosper, iv. 50, 11; increase, pf. vāvṛdhúr, x. 14, 3; cs. vardháya strengthen, v. 11, 3. 5.
skabhāya skabhāya, den. prop, establish, i. 154, 1 [from skabh, IX. skabhnāti].
spṛh spṛh, cs. spṛháya long for, x. 135, 2 [Av. sperezaite].
Macdonell Search
46 results
haya m. [speeder: √ hi] steed, horse; a. urging on (in asva-hayá); -kovida, a. skilled in horses; -grîva, a. having the mane of a horse; m. a form of Vishnu; N. of an Asura and of various men; -gña,a. skilled in horses: -tâ, f. knowledge of horses; -gñâ na, n. id.; -tattva-gña, a. knowing the true nature of horses; -pa, m. groom; N. of a king; -pati, m. N. of a king; -medha, m. horse sacrifice; -lîlâvatî, f. T. of a treatise on horses; -vidyâ, f. art of managing horses; -sâstra, n. id.; -siras, n. horse's head; -sisu, m. foal; -samgrahana, n. curbing of horses.
akutobhaya a. afraid of nothing.
akutaścidbhaya a. afraid of nothing.
atibhaya n. great danger.
andhaya den. P. blind.
apabhaya a. fearless; -bhartrí, m. remover; -bhramsá, m. fall; ungrammatical form; vulgar dialect; -bhrashta, pp. debased, corrupt, provincial (dialect).
abhayaḍiṇḍima m. war drum: -m dâ, proclaim security of person amid beating of drums; -tama, n. greatest safety; -da, a. affording security; -dakshi- nâ, f. promise of security; -datta, m. N. of a physician; -dâna, n. granting of security; -prada, -pradâyin, a. granting security; -pradâna, n. granting of security; -yâkanâ, f. begging for security of person; -vâk, f. as surance of safety.
abhayaṃkara abhayam-kará, ˚kṛt a. crea ting security.
abhaya a. fearless; safe, secure; n. security.
arthaya den. Â. (P.), (arthate, E.), endeavour, strive for; ask one (ac., ab.) for (ac.); explain. abhi, ask one (ac.) for (ac., d., lc., or -artham). pra, desire; ask one (ac.) for (ac., lc.); request something (ac.) from (ab.); wish to, ask one to (inf.); woo; have recourse to; Â. oppose oneself to (ac.). sam, prepare; conclude; judge, think, consider; connect with (in. or prati w. ac.); perceive; contemplate; resolve; cheer up, encourage.
ubhayaprāpti a. validity in both cases (gr.); a. valid in both cases; -vetana, a. receiving wages from both, serving two masters; -snâtaka, a. having bathed after both (i.e. his apprenticeship and his vow of chastity).
ubhayatra ad. in both places; in both cases; -thâ, ad. in both ways or cases.
ubhayatas ad. from or on both sides, of (ac. or g.); in both cases; (h)-sasya, a. bearing crops at both seasons; -tas-tîk shna, a. sharp at both ends; -to-dant, a. hav ing two rows of teeth; (á)to-mukha, having a spout on both sides (vessel).
ubhaya a. (î) sg. & pl. both; -kâma, a. desirous of both; -guna, a. having both qua lities; -kakravartin, a. ruling both worlds.
kaṇṭhaya a. being on or in the throat; good for the throat; guttural.
kathaya den. P. (Â.) converse, with (in. ± saha); relate, tell, report; speak of; declare, state; announce, betray; command; assume, lay down; ps. be called, pass for. vi, talk idly. sam, relate, report; explain.
kṛtārthaya den. P. satisfy; fulfil.
ullāghaya den. P. restore to life.
gṛbhaya den. P. grasp, seize.
gṛhayantra n. house flagstaff; -rakshâ, f. protection of the house; -vat, a. possessing a house; m. householder; -vâsa, m. domestic life; householder stage; -sikhand in, m. domestic peacock; -suka,m. domestic parrot; house poet; -samvesaka, m. archi tect; -samstha, a. living in one's own house; m. householder; -sâra, m. (household) goods and chattels; -sârasa, m. tame Indian crane; -stha, a. dwelling in the house of (--°ree;); m. married Brâhman householder: â, f. Brâh man housewife; -stha-tâ, f. condition of a Brâhman householder.
caritārthaya den. P. cause any one (ac.) to attain his object, satisfy.
cinhaya den. P. mark: pp. kihnita, marked; symbolized; pari, id.: pp. signed.
tucchaya den. P. make empty or poor.
duḥkhayantra n. torture; -yoga, m. infliction of pain; -vega, m. violent pain; -sîla, a. whose character is difficult to deal with, hard to please, exacting; -sparsa, a. unpleasant to the touch; -han, a.destroying misery.
duḥkhaya den. P. afflict, distress (ac.).
dṛḍhaya den. P. establish; confirm.
draḍhaya den. P. fasten, strengthen; confirm; restrain.
drāghaya den. P. prolong; delay.
dhaya a. sucking, sipping (--°ree;, g.).
nakutaścidbhaya a. not endangered from any quarter.
naṣṭobhayaloka a. to whom both (this and the next) worlds are lost.
nirbhaya a. fearless; not afraid of (--°ree;); secure: -m, ad. fearlessly; m. N. of a warrior; n. security; -bhara, a. vehement, ardent; excessive; deep (sleep); full of (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ardently, excessively, soundly, fast; -bhartsana, n. menace, reproach; -bhas mita, pp. burned to ashes, annihilated; -bhâgya, pp. to be excluded from his share (ab.); -bhî-ka, a. fearless, not afraid of (ab.); -bhîta, pp. id.; -bheda,m. cracking, burst ing; splitting; blurting out, betrayal; -bhed in, a. cleaving, shattering; -bhedya, fp. free from chinks; missing its mark.
paribhaya m. apprehension, fear; -bhava, m. disrespect, contumely, insult, in jury, humiliation; disregard, contempt, for (g., lc., --°ree;), on the part of (in., ab., --°ree;): -pa da, -½âspada, n. object of contempt; -bhav ana, n. humiliation: î-ya, fp. who can be insulted or humiliated; to be humbled; -bhavin, a. insulting, despising, mocking (g.); -bhâva, m. disregard, contumely; -bhâvanâ, f. thought, reflexion; -bhâvin, a. slighting; mocking, baffling (--°ree;); -bhâvuka, a. sur passing (ac.); -bhâshana, n. conversation, chatter; reproof, reprimand: î-ya, fp. to be reproved; -bhâshâ, f. speech; censure, re proach, contumely; general rule or maxim; rule defining the application of (grammatical) sûtras; -bhâshin, a. speaking (--°ree;); -bh&usharp;, a. (with ac.) surrounding, encompassing; pervad ing; superior, guiding; (pári)-bhûti, f. su perior might (V.); disrespect, contumely, hu miliation (sts. pl.); -bhûshana, m. (sc. Samdhi) peace bought by the cession of all the revenues of a country; -bheda, m. injury; -bhoktri, m. enjoyer; one who lives on another, spunge; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; sexual intercourse; means of enjoyment or subsistence; -bhramsa, m. escape: -na, n. loss, of (ab.); -bhrama, m. digressions, irrelevant talk: -na, n. turn ing, revolution; going to and fro; circumfer ence; -bhrashta-sukha, a. whose joy has departed, joyless.
bāhaya ] a. being outside (the door, house, village, etc.); situated out side (ab. or --°ree;); outer, external; strange, foreign; excluded from caste or the com munity, outcast; lying outside anything (ab. or --°ree;)=diverging from, conflicting with, be yond the pale of, having nothing to do with; with taddhita, m. secondary taddhita suffix (added after another taddhita); w. artha, m. meaning external to and having no imme diate connexion with the letters forming a word; -m kri, expel, eject; -m, in., lc., °ree;--, ad. or prp. outside (ab. or --°ree;); -m, ad. (go) out (of doors); ab. from without; m. corpse.
bhayakara a. terrifying; endan gering (g.); -kartri, -krit, m. one who terri fies or endangers; -m-kara, a. (î) fear-in spiring, terrifying, formidable (to, --°ree;); m. N.; -dindima, m. battle-drum; -trâtri, m. rescuer from danger; -da, a. terrifying or bringing danger to (g. or --°ree;); -dâna, n. gift given through fear; -dâyin, a. fear-inspir ing; -dhana, a. abounding in dread, terrible; -pratîkâra, m. removal of danger; -prada, a. fear-inspiring; -pradâyin, a. bringing into danger consisting of (--°ree;); -vihvala, a. agi tated with fear; -vyûha, m. kind of mili tary array in view of danger on all sides; -soka-samâvishta, pp. filled with fear and sorrow; -samtrasta-mânasa, a. having a mind scared with fear; -sthâna, n. occasion of danger; -hâraka, a. freeing from fear or danger; -hetu, m. cause of alarm.
bhaya n. dread, alarm, fear, anxiety, of (ab., g., --°ree;); sg., pl. terror, danger, peril, distress (from, ab. or --°ree;; to, --°ree;): ab. through fear; -m kri, be afraid of (ab.); -m dâ, give a fright, terrify.
maṭhaya den. P. build, erect.
laghaya den. P. lighten, lessen, diminish, alleviate; make light of, despise; surpass.
vardhaya cs. (√ 1. vridh) increase; -ayitri, m. educator, rearer of (--°ree;): trî, f.
vigrahaya den. P. fight or contend with (sârdham).
saṃdhaya den. [fr. samdhi] P. put together, join, unite with (in.); assume, ac quire; conclude peace: pp. ita, joined; ad justed (arrow); applied; united with (--°ree;); allied, having concluded peace.
sukhaya den. P. give pleasure to, refresh, delight, gladden: pp. ita, pleased, glad, happy.
sugandhaya den. P. make fragrant, scent.
surabhaya den. P. make fragrant; render famous: pp. ita, perfumed, scented.
stanaṃdhaya a. (î) sucking [√ 2. dhâ] the breast; m. suckling, infant; calf.
hṛcchaya a. abiding in the heart: w. munih purânah, the old sage in the heart =the conscience; m. love; god of love: -pîd ita, pp. tormented with, love, love-sick; -vardhana, a. increasing love; -½âvishta, pp. occupied by love.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
46 results4 results
haya Denotes ‘horse’ in the Rigveda and later.
bhayada ásamātya (‘Descendant of Asamāti ’) is the name of a king in the Jaiminīya Upaniṣad Brāhmaṇa. Oertel, however, seems to take the name as Abhayada, but this is not probable, for Bhayada is a name in the Purāṇas.
bhayamāna Is, according to Sāyaṇa, the name of a man in one hymn of the Rigveda, which is ascribed by the Anukra- maṇī (Index) to his authorship. The interpretation is, how­ever, uncertain.
mahāsuhaya A ‘great {i.e., high-spirited) horse,’ is the description in the Brhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad of the steed from the Indus (saindhava) which tears away the peg of its hobble (padbīśa-śaṅkhu).
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
46 results4 results1093 results
ā hāyam aśvino rathaḥ RV.8.9.18c; AVś.20.142.3c.
bahu hāyam avṛṣād (KS. -ṣad) iti śrutar āvṛt (KS. śruta rāvat) svāhā TS.2.4.7.2; KS.11.9. See prec.
bharadvājāyāśvinā hayantā RV.1.116.18b.
pañcapañcāśataṃ hayān AB.8.23.5d; śB.13.5.4.11d.
aṃsa ādhāya bibhrati # AVś.8.6.13b.
akṣaṇvantaḥ karṇavantaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.71.7a; N.1.9a.
akṣīyamāṇā svadhayā madanti # RV.1.154.4b.
agan prāṇaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ jite jayāmy abhayaṃ me 'lokatāyā aputratāyā apaśutāyāḥ # śś.2.9.7. Cf. āgann apāna.
agna ājyena vardhayan # AVś.19.27.5b; AVP.10.7.5b.
agnaye yaviṣṭhāya trayo nakulāḥ # TS.5.6.15.1; KSA.9.5.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahute sarvaprāyaścittāhutīnāṃ (HG. suhutahute sarvahuta āhutīnāṃ; ApMB. suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ) kāmānāṃ samardhayitre sarvān naḥ kāmān samardhaya (the last four words omitted in ApMBḥG.) svāhā # AG.1.10.23; HG.1.3.7; ApMB.2.18.31 (ApG.7.20.4).
agniṃ stomena bodhaya # RV.5.14.1a; VS.22.15a; TS.4.1.11.4a; MS.4.10.1a: 144.2; 4.10.2: 145.7; KS.19.14a; 20.14; KB.1.4; śB.2.2.3.21a; śś.2.5.13; (14.52.12); Apś.5.28.10; Mś.5.1.2.7. P: agniṃ stomena MS.4.10.3: 151.1; śś.2.2.18; 6.4.1; 12.10.9; Mś.5.1.3.9.
agniṃ hotāraṃ vidathāya jījanan # RV.10.11.3d; AVś.18.1.20d.
agniṃ te vasuvantam (AVP. vasumantam) ṛchantu, ye māghāyavaḥ prācyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.1; AVP.7.17.1.
agniṃ bhrātaraṃ sadam it sakhāyam # RV.10.7.3b.
agniś chāyābhavat tapaḥ # AVP.9.11.6b.
agnīt paridhīṃś cāgniṃ ca tris-triḥ saṃmṛḍḍhi # Vait.2.13; Apś.2.12.10; Mś.1.3.1.7. See under agnim agnīt, and samidham ādhāyā-.
agne taṃ vardhayā tvam # KS.18.3b. See tam agne vardhayā.
agne marudbhiḥ śubhayadbhir ṛkvabhiḥ # RV.5.60.8a; AB.3.38.13; KB.16.9; Aś.5.20.8. P: agne marudbhiḥ śubhayadbhiḥ śś.8.6.17. Cf. BṛhD.5.48.
agne vardhaya jīvase # AVP.12.19.4d.
agne śam asti dhāyase # RV.5.7.9b.
agnau saṃrādhanīṃ yaje # HG.1.2.18d. See yaje saṃrādhanīm, yuje samardham īm, and saṃrādhā rādhayāmasi.
aghāyatām api nahyā mukhāni # AVś.10.9.1a. P: aghāyatām Kauś.65.1.
aṅgā parūṃṣi tava vardhayanti (AVP. -ntīḥ) # AVP.2.39.6b; Vait.24.1b. See dhruvam aṅgam, and priyāṇy aṅgāni tava.
aṅgoṣiṇaṃ pavamānaṃ sakhāyaḥ # SV.2.467c; JB.3.174. See āṅgūṣyaṃ etc.
acakrayā yat svadhayā suparṇaḥ # RV.4.26.4c.
acakrayā svadhayā vartamānam # RV.10.27.19b.
acikradañ chiśumantaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.8.100.5d.
achāyaṃ yanti śavasā ghṛtācīḥ # KS.18.17c. See achāyam eti.
achāyaṃ vo marutaḥ śloka etu # RV.7.36.9a; Aś.6.12.11; Apś.13.8.1a; Mś.2.5.4.12a. P: achāyaṃ vaḥ śś.3.20.4; 4.11.6; 8.9.5.
achāyam eti śavasā ghṛtena (AVś. ghṛtā cit) # AVś.5.27.4a; AVP.9.1.3a; VS.27.14a; TS.4.1.8.1a; MS.2.12.6c: 150.2. See achāyaṃ yanti.
ajāmim anyaḥ śnathayantam ātirat # RV.7.82.6c.
añjanti yaṃ prathayanto na viprāḥ # RV.5.43.7a; MS.4.9.3a: 123.13; TA.4.5.2a; AB.1.19.6; KB.8.4; śB.14.1.3.13; Aś.4.6.3. Ps: añjanti yaṃ prathayantaḥ Apś.15.7.5; añjanti yam KA.2.78; śś.5.9.8; añjanti Kś.26.2.19; Mś.4.2.19. Cf. BṛhD.5.41.
añjisakthāya (KSA. añjiṣakthāya) svāhā # TS.7.3.17.1; KSA.3.7.
atandro dūto yajathāya devān # RV.7.10.5d.
ataś cid indrād abhayanta devāḥ # RV.5.30.5c.
ati yo mandro yajathāya devaḥ # RV.2.28.1c.
atrā sakhāyaḥ sakhyāni jānate # RV.10.71.2c; N.4.10c.
atraiva sarvā jambhaya # AVP.1.47.2c.
athā devānām ubhayasya janmanaḥ # RV.9.81.2c.
athā no vardhayā giraḥ (all except RV. and JB.1.61e, rayim) # RV.3.29.10d; AVP.3.34.1d; VS.3.14d; 12.52d; 15.56d; TS.1.5.5.2d; 4.2.4.4d; 7.13.5d; JB.1.61d; 1.61e; śB.2.3.4.13d; 7.1.1.28; TB.1.2.1.16d; 2.5.8.8d; JābU.4d. See adhā no vardhayā, and tato no vardhayā.
athābhavaḥ pūrvyaḥ kārudhāyāḥ # RV.3.32.10d.
athāśāṃ mahyaṃ rādhaya # AVP.2.62.2c.
athāśāṃ mohayanti naḥ # AVP.2.62.4d.
athedaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanaṃ bhayāte # RV.10.27.22c.
athem asmabhyaṃ randhaya # RV.6.53.5c--7c.
atho iṭa iva hāyanaḥ # AVś.6.14.3c. Cf. naḍam iva chindhi.
atho cittāni mohaya # AVś.5.21.4e,5e,6f.
atho yā niṣṭhāyate kṣetre # AVP.6.15.3c.
athosraghnī yathāyatham # Kauś.128.4b.
aditir asi viśvadhāyā viśvasya bhuvanasya dhartrī # VS.13.18; TS.4.2.9.1; MS.2.8.14: 117.16; KS.39.3; śB.7.4.2.7.
aditir asy ubhayataḥśīrṣṇī # VS.4.19; TS.1.2.4.2; 6.1.7.5; MS.1.2.4: 13.4; 3.7.5: 81.19; KS.2.5; 24.3; śB.3.2.4.16.
aditis te kakṣāṃ badhnātu vedasyānuvaktavai medhāyai śraddhāyā anūktasyānirākaraṇāya brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāya # HG.1.4.6.
adṛṣṭān sarvāñ jambhayan # RV.1.191.8c. Cf. dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭam, viśvadṛṣṭo, and asyādṛṣṭān.
admasan na sasato bodhayantī # RV.1.124.4c; N.4.16c.
adha svadhā adhayad yābhir īyate # RV.1.144.2d.
adhā niyutva abhayasya naḥ piba # RV.8.101.10c.
adhā no vardhayā rayim # AVś.3.20.1d. See under athā no vardhayā.
adhārayat pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyasam # RV.2.17.5c.
adhijarāyuḥ svar ā rohayanti # AVP.11.5.4a.
adhvaryavaḥ sādayatā sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.30.14b.
adhvaryo yeṣāṃ vā anādhṛṣṭāṃ (also anādhṛṣyāṃ, anāptāṃ, anāpyāṃ, anilayāṃ, annapatnīṃ, annādīṃ, apabhayāṃ, apūrvāṃ, abhrātṛvyāṃ, vai kalyāṇīṃ, vai bhadrāṃ) prajāpates tanvaṃ vidvān hotā bhavaty anādhṛṣṭo vai sa hotā bhavati (also anādhṛṣyo, anāpto, anāpyo, and further variations) anādhṛṣṭās te yajamānā bhavanti (also anādhṛṣyās, anāptās, anāpyās, and further variations) # śś.10.19.2. Cf. annādā cānnapatnī etc.
adhvānayad duritā dambhayac ca # RV.6.18.10d.
anaḍvān dhenum adhayat # Kauś.113.2a.
anamitraṃ ca me 'bhayaṃ ca me # VS.18.6; TS.4.7.3.2; MS.2.11.3: 141.12; KS.18.9.
anāyato anibaddhaḥ kathāyam # RV.4.13.5a; 4.14.5a.
anupade tvā # VS.15.8. Cf. anurohāya.
anuvratāya randhayann apavratān # RV.1.51.9a.
anu svaṃ bhānuṃ śrathayante arṇavaiḥ # RV.5.59.1d.
anūrādhān haviṣā vardhayantaḥ # TB.3.1.2.1c.
antarikṣaṃ vṛtaṃ tad vāyunā vṛtaṃ tena vṛtena vartreṇa yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
antarikṣān mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 118.2.
antarikṣe bṛhati śrayasva svāhā # TB.3.7.10.1; Apś.14.31.5. See bṛhati stabhāya.
antar mahī samṛte dhāyase dhuḥ # RV.3.38.3d.
annādā (KB. -dī) cānnapatnī ca bhadrā ca kalyāṇī cānilayā cāpabhayā cānāptā cānāpyā cānādhṛṣyā (KB. -dhṛṣṭā) cāpratidhṛṣyā (KB. cānādhṛṣyā) cāpūrvā cābhrātṛvyā ca # AB.5.25.15--20; KB.27.5; Aś.8.13.13. Cf. adhvaryo yeṣāṃ etc.
annena manuṣyāṃs trāyase tṛṇaiḥ paśūn kartena sarpān yajñena devān svadhayā pitṝn svāhā # ApMB.2.17.3 (ApG.7.18.7). See next.
anyatreto 'ghāyavaḥ # AVP.7.3.5d.
anvādīdhyāthām iha naḥ sakhāyā # TB.3.7.13.4b; TA.4.20.3b. See next, and manmā dīdhyānā.
anvādīdhyānā abhi nas sakhāyau # KA.1.198.13b. See under prec.
apa janyaṃ bhayaṃ nuda # MS.1.2.9a: 18.15; TB.3.7.7.14a; Aś.4.4.2c; Apś.11.7.2a; Mś.2.2.2.17. See apeto janyaṃ.
apaś cāchā sumakhāya vocam # RV.5.41.14b.
apas ta oṣadhīmatīr ṛchantu, ye māghāyava etasyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.6; AVP.7.17.6.
apasphuraṃ gṛbhāyata # RV.8.69.10c; AVś.20.92.7c.
apāṃ rasair oṣadhayaḥ sacantām # AVP.5.7.4d. See apāṃ rasā.
apāṃ kṣayā ṛtasya garbhā bhuvanasya gopāḥ śyenā atithayaḥ parvatānāṃ kakubhaḥ prayuto na pātāraḥ # TB.3.7.9.1; Apś.12.3.2.
apāṅ prāṅ eti svadhayā gṛbhītaḥ # RV.1.164.38a; AVś.9.10.16a; ā.2.1.8.11a; N.14.23a.
apāne niviśyāmṛtaṃ hutam # TA.10.36.1; MahānU.16.1. Some mss. at TA. read śraddhāyām apāne etc., q.v.
apāne niviṣṭo 'mṛtaṃ juhomi # TA.10.33.1; 34.1; MahānU.15.8,9. Cf. next, and see śraddhāyām apāne.
apāṃ tvā gahman sādayāmi samudrasyodmann avataś chāyāyām # MS.2.7.16: 100.3. P: apāṃ tvā gahman sādayāmi Mś.6.1.7.22. Cf. under apāṃ gambhan, and apāṃ tvodman.
apāṃ napātam aśvinā hayantam # TS.1.6.12.4c.
apārātiṃ durvidatrām aghāyataḥ # RV.10.63.12b.
apāvṛṇoḥ śarabhāya ṛṣibandhave # RV.8.100.6d.
apīvṛto adhayan mātur ūdhaḥ # RV.10.32.8b.
apeto janyaṃ bhayam # KB.9.4a; śś.5.13.3a. See apa janyaṃ.
apoḍhaṃ janyaṃ bhayam # Apś.6.5.6; Mś.1.6.1.15.
aprajāstvāya bodhaya # AVś.10.1.17d.
apsā yāti svadhayā daivyaṃ janam # RV.9.71.8c.
abadhiṣma rakṣo 'badhiṣmāmum asau hataḥ (VSK. rakṣo 'muṣya tvā badhāyāmum abadhiṣma) # VS.9.38; VSK.11.1.4; śB.5.2.4.19--20. P: abadhiṣma rakṣaḥ Kś.15.2.8. See avadhiṣma, and cf. idam ahaṃ rakṣo 'va bādhe.
abodhi hotā yajathāya devān # RV.5.1.2a; SV.2.1097a; MS.2.13.7a: 155.18.
abhayaṃ vo 'bhayaṃ no astu (AB.Aś. me 'stu) # AB.7.12.8; Aś.2.5.19; śś.2.14.1. Cf. abhayaṃ te, abhayaṃ no astu, and abhayaṃ me astu.
abhayaṃ satataṃ paścāt # RVKh.2.43.4c. Cf. abhayaṃ paścād.
abhayaṃ svar antarikṣaṃ no astu # AVP.1.27.1c. Cf. abhayaṃ naḥ karaty, and abhayaṃ no 'stūrv.
abhayaṃ jñātād abhayaṃ parokṣāt (AVP. -yaṃ puro naḥ) # AVś.19.15.6b; AVP.3.35.6b.
abhayaṃ te 'bhayaṃ no astu # śś.2.13.2,4,5,6. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ihāstu naḥ # AVś.6.40.1a; AVP.1.27.2a. P: abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī Kauś.59.26. Cf. next, and abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv etc.
abhayaṃ naḥ karaty antarikṣam # AVś.19.15.5a; AVP.3.35.5a. Cf. under abhayaṃ svar.
abhayaṃ naktam abhayaṃ divā naḥ # AVś.19.15.6c; AVP.3.35.6c.
abhayaṃ no astu # MS.4.9.27: 139.1; KS.37.10; śś.1.4.5; śG.3.5.1. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhayaṃ no 'stūrv antarikṣam # AVś.6.40.1c. Cf. under abhayaṃ svar.
abhayaṃ paścād abhayaṃ purastāt # AVś.19.15.5c; AVP.3.35.5c. Cf. abhayaṃ satataṃ.
abhayaṃ mitrād abhayam amitrāt # AVś.19.15.6a; AVP.3.35.6a.
abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv ihāstu naḥ (AG. -varuṇā mahyam astu) # AVś.6.32.3a; AG.3.10.11a. Cf. abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
abhayaṃ me astu (AB. 'stu) # AB.8.9.12; Apś.6.7.2; 27.1; 24.11.2. Cf. under abhayaṃ vo.
abhi kṣitīḥ prathayan sūryo nṝn # RV.3.14.4d.
abhicārād atho bhayāt # AVś.10.3.7b.
abhi taṣṭeva dīdhayā manīṣām # RV.3.38.1a; AB.6.18.2; 20.13; KB.29.7; GB.2.6.1,2. P: abhi taṣṭeva Aś.7.4.9; śś.12.5.3; 6.1; 13.24.18.
abhi rāṣṭrāya vartaya (AVś. vardhaya) # RV.10.174.1d; AVś.1.29.1d; AVP.1.11.1d.
abhivṛṣṭā oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.11.4.6a.
abhi santi jambhayā tā anapnasaḥ # RV.2.23.9d; N.3.11d.
abhi hi piṣṭatamayā rabhiṣṭhayā raśanayādhita # VS.21.46; MS.4.13.7: 208.12; KS.18.21; TB.3.6.11.3.
amitrasya vyathayā manyum indra # RV.6.25.2b; MS.4.14.12b: 235.3; TB.2.8.3.3b.
amīṣāṃ cittaṃ pratilobhayantī (AVś.AVP. cittāni pratimohayantī) # RV.10.103.12a; AVś.3.2.5a; AVP.3.5.5a; SV.2.1211a; VS.17.44a; N.9.33a. Cf. BṛhD.8.13.
amuṣya tvā badhāya # VSK.11.1.4. See rakṣasāṃ tvā etc.
amṛtaṃ ca prāṇe juhomi # PrāṇāgU.1. See prāṇe niviṣṭo, and śraddhāyāṃ prāṇe.
ambā ca bulā ca nitatnī ca stanayantī cābhrayantī ca meghayantī ca cupuṇīkā # MS.2.8.13: 117.3. P: ambā ca bulā ca Mś.6.2.2.10. See next.
ambā dulā nitatnir abhrayantī meghayantī varṣayantī cupuṇīkā nāmāsi # TS.4.4.5.1. See prec., and cf. TB.3.1.4.1; ViDh.67.7.
ayaṃ śardhāya vītaye # RV.9.105.3b; SV.2.450b.
ayaṃ kumāro jarāṃ dhayatu sarvam āyur etu # HG.2.4.3ab; ApMB.2.13.2ab (ApG.6.15.5).
ayaṃ dīrghāya cakṣase # RV.8.13.30a.
ayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī vi ṣkabhāyat # RV.6.44.24a.
ayaṃ prastara ubhayasya dhartā # TB.3.7.6.8a; Apś.4.7.1a.
ayaṃ mitrasya varuṇasya dhāyase # RV.1.94.12a. See tvaṃ mitrasya etc.
arasāsa ihāhayaḥ # AVś.10.4.9a.
arātīr jambhayāmasi # TA.6.10.2d. Cf. yātūṃś ca sarvāṃ.
ariṣṭā asmākaṃ vīrāḥ (Apś.ApMB.JG. vīrāḥ santu) # AVP.5.16.7c; Aś.3.11.6c; śś.4.11.6c; Kś.25.5.28c; Apś.13.18.1c; Mś.1.4.3.9c; śG.3.4.4; PG.1.3.14c; MG.2.11.18c; ApMB.2.15.16a; JG.1.4c. See ariṣṭās tanvo, ariṣṭāḥ sarvahāyasaḥ, and cf. achidraḥ prajayā.
ariṣṭāḥ sarvahāyasaḥ # AVś.10.5.23c. See under ariṣṭā asmākaṃ.
arīḍhaṃ vatsaṃ carathāya mātā # RV.4.18.10c.
arcāmi vāṃ vardhāyāpo ghṛtasnū # RV.10.12.4a; AVś.18.1.31a.
avaṃśe dyām astabhāyad bṛhantam # RV.2.15.2a.
avakolbā udakātmāna oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.8.7.9a.
avarṣīr varṣam ud u ṣū gṛbhāya # RV.5.83.10a.
avasyava ūrjaṃ vardhayantaḥ # RV.2.11.13b.
ava sya harī vi mucā sakhāyā # RV.6.40.1b.
avātirataṃ bṛsayasya (TB. prathayasya) śeṣaḥ # RV.1.93.4c; TB.2.8.7.10c.
avādhamaṃ vi madhyamaṃ śrathāya # RV.1.24.15b; AVś.7.83.3b; 18.4.69b; ArS.1.4b; VS.12.12b; TS.1.5.11.3b; 4.2.1.3b; MS.1.2.18b: 28.8; 4.14.17b: 246.5; KS.3.8b; 16.8b; śB.6.7.3.8; SMB.1.7.10b. P: avādhamam ... vi madhyamam HG.1.9.10.
aviṃ vṛdhāma śagmiyaṃ sakhāyam # AVś.5.1.9c. See avīvṛdhāma.
avikṣobhāya (KS. -kṣodhāya) paridhīn dadhāmi # KS.31.14b; TB.3.7.6.7b; Apś.4.6.3b.
avīvṛdhāma śagmaṃ sakhāyam # AVP.6.2.9a. See aviṃ vṛdhāma.
aśatrum indro abhayaṃ kṛṇotu # AVP.1.27.4c. See aśatrv indro.
aśatrv indro abhayaṃ naḥ kṛṇotu # AVś.6.40.2c. See aśatrum indro.
aśītir madhyam abhayaṃ vi nārīḥ # AVP.15.5.6b.
aśīrṣāṇā ahaya (SV. aśīrṣāṇo 'haya) iva (AVś. aśīrṣāṇa ivāhayaḥ) # RVKh.10.103.2b; AVś.6.67.2b; SV.2.1221b.
aśmānas tasyāṃ dagdhāyām # AVś.4.18.3c; AVP.5.24.3c.
aśvatthād agnibhayaṃ [ca] # GG.4.7.23a.
aśvaṃ medhyam abandhayat (śś. abadhnata) # śB.13.5.4.4b; śś.16.9.13b.
aśvayota rathayā # RV.8.46.10b; SV.1.186b.
aśvān kāṣṭhāto yathā # JB.2.331b. See hayān kāṣṭhabhṛto yathā.
aśvinendram avardhayan # VS.21.51b; MS.3.11.5b: 147.5.
aśvino rūpaṃ paridhāya māyām # AVś.2.29.6d; AVP.1.13.3d.
aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayatas te (ApMB. dhayantam) # SMB.1.1.12b; HG.1.19.7b; ApMB.1.4.10b; JG.1.20b.
asamṛddhā aghāyavaḥ # AVś.1.27.2d,3d; AVP.2.31.2d,5f.
asāma yathā suṣakhāya ena # RV.1.173.9a.
asunītāya voḍhave # AVś.18.2.56b. See asunīthāya.
asuṃ dhayanto 'pi yūtham eta # AVP.5.16.4d.
asura āptaḥ svadhayā samadguḥ # AVP.6.2.6d. Cf. asur ātmā.
asurān randhayāsi naḥ # AVś.6.7.2b.
asurāḥ santaḥ svadhayā caranti # VS.2.30b; śB.2.4.2.15b; Aś.2.6.2b; śś.4.4.2b; Apś.1.8.7b; Kauś.88.1b; SMB.2.3.4b; JG.2.2b. Cf. apayantv asurāḥ.
astṛto nāmāham ayam asmi sa ātmānaṃ ni dadhe dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ gopīthāya # AVś.5.9.7. See next two.
astṛto nāmāham ayam asmi sa ātmānaṃ pari dadhe dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ gopīthāya pra hūyase # AVP.6.12.3. See prec. and next.
asmabhyaṃ paṇīṃr arvasv āmukhāya # MS.4.12.3d: 184.4.
asmā ukthāya parvatasya garbhaḥ # RV.5.45.3a.
asmākaṃ teṣu nābhayaḥ # RV.1.139.9e.
asmākaṃ devā ubhayāya janmane # RV.10.37.11a.
asmākam āyur vardhayan # RV.3.62.15a.
asmākam indra ubhayaṃ jujoṣati # RV.10.32.1c; ApMB.1.1.1c.
asmān vardhayatā naraḥ # Mś.9.4.1.22d.
asmin brahmaṇy asmin karmaṇy asyāṃ purodhāyām asyāṃ pratiṣṭhāyām asyāṃ cittyām asyām ākūtyām asyām āśiṣy asyāṃ devahūtyāṃ svāhā # AVś.5.24.1--17. See next three, te naḥ pāntv asmin, te māvantv, sa māvatv, and sā māvatv.
asmin brahmaṇy asmin kṣatre 'smin karmaṇy asyām āśiṣy asyāṃ pratiṣṭhāyām asyāṃ devahūtyām # śś.4.10.3. See under prec.
asmin brahmaṇy asmin kṣatre 'syām āśiṣy asyāṃ purodhāyām asyāṃ devahūtyām # KS.38.12; 39.7. See under prec. but one.
asmin brahmann asmin kṣatre 'syām āśiṣy asyāṃ purodhāyām asmin karmann (PG. karmaṇy) asyāṃ devahūtyām # TS.3.4.5.1; 4.3.3.2; Apś.16.1.3; PG.1.5.10 (with svāhā). Ps: asmin brahmann asmin kṣatre HG.1.3.11; asmin brahman Apś.19.17.19. See under prec. but two.
asmin bhayasthe kṛṇutam u lokam # RV.2.30.6d.
asmin yajñe svadhayā madantaḥ # VS.19.58c.
asmin rāṣṭra indriyaṃ dadhāmi (and vardhayāmi) # AB.8.27.8. See next but two.
asya made jaritar indra ud dyām astabhnād aprathayat pṛthivīm # śś.8.25.1.
asya vardhayatā rayim # AVP.1.24.4d. Cf. imaṃ vardhayatā, and yajñam imaṃ va-.
asya śāsur ubhayāsaḥ sacante # RV.1.60.2a.
asyāṃ tvā dhruvāyāṃ madhyamāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhiṣiñcantv etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya māhārājyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyādhiṣṭhāya # AB.8.19.1.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai # VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.12; Kś.3.8.14.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi # śś.1.5.9.
asvāpayan nigutaḥ snehayac ca # RV.9.97.54c; SV.2.456c.
ahaṃ randhayaṃ mṛgayaṃ śrutarvaṇe # RV.10.49.5a.
ahaṃ śraddhayā # TA.3.8.2.
ahaṃ savyāya paḍgṛbhim arandhayam # RV.10.49.5d.
ahaṃ sūryam ubhayato dadarśa # VS.8.9c; TS.3.5.5.1d; MS.1.3.26c: 39.10; śB.4.4.2.14c.
ahaś ca rātriś ca kṛṣiś ca vṛṣṭiś ca tviṣiś cāpacitiś cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca tās tvā dīkṣamāṇam anudīkṣantām # TB.3.7.7.8; Apś.10.11.1. Cf. catasro diśaś.
ahiṃ paidvo arandhayat # AVś.10.4.10d.
ahīṃś ca sarvān (TS.KS. -vāñ) jambhayan (KS. -ya) # VS.16.5c; TS.4.5.1.2c; MS.2.9.2c: 121.6; KS.17.11c.
aher jātāni jambhayan (AVP.13.4.2d, jambhaya) # AVP.13.3.1d; 13.4.2d.
ahorātre haviṣā vardhayantaḥ # TB.3.1.3.1c.
ahne mugdhāya svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; śB.5.2.1.2.
ākūtiṃ mohayanti naḥ # AVP.2.62.1b.
āgann apāna ātmānaṃ vijite vijayāmy abhayaṃ me 'lokatāyā aputratāyā apaśutāyāḥ # śś.2.9.8. Cf. agan prāṇaḥ.
ā gayaṃ vīryaṃ yonim ā daddhvaṃ vidvaj janasya chāyā # JB.3.353.
āṅgūṣyaṃ pavamānaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.9.97.8c. See aṅgoṣiṇaṃ etc.
ā jarasaṃ dhayatu mātaraṃ vaśī # AVP.12.11.9c.
ājyam uktham avyathāyai (TS. avyathayat; KS. avyathāya) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.10; TS.4.4.2.1; MS.2.8.9: 113.6; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.5.
ā te mano vavṛtyāma maghāya # RV.7.27.5b.
ātmā guhāyāṃ nihito 'sya jantoḥ # TA.10.10.1b; MahānU.8.3b; śvetU.3.20b. See ātmāsya jantor.
ātmāsya jantor nihito guhāyām # KU.2.20b. See ātmā guhāyāṃ.
ā tvāgan yajñaḥ prati kumbhaṃ gṛbhāya # AVś.11.1.14d. Fragment: prati kumbhaṃ gṛbhāya Kauś.60.28.
ā tvā prāpann aghāyavaḥ (MG. adyāyavaḥ) # AG.2.8.16d; MG.2.11.12d. See mā tvā etc.
ā tvā sakhāyaḥ sakhyā vavṛtyuḥ # SV.1.340a. See o cit.
ādityā mā svaravo vardhayantu # AVś.18.3.12b.
ād īṃ brahmāṇi vardhayan # śś.8.16.1.
ā deva devān yajathāya vakṣi # RV.3.4.1c.
ād rodasī vitaraṃ vi ṣkabhāyat # RV.5.29.4a.
ānīd avātaṃ svadhayā tad ekam # RV.10.129.2c; TB.2.8.9.4c.
āntrāṇi mohayanti ca # AVś.9.8.17b.
āpa iva rasa oṣadhaya iva rūpaṃ bhūyāsam # ā.5.1.1.21.
āpataye tvā paripataye gṛhṇāmi tanūnaptre śākvarāya śakvana (KS. tanūnaptre śakmane śākvarāya śakmann) ojiṣṭhāya # VS.5.5; KS.2.8; śB.3.4.2.10. P: āpataye Kś.8.1.19. See prec.
āpathayo vipathayaḥ # RV.5.52.10a.
āpaś ca tvauṣadhayaś ca śrīṇantu # KS.35.11.
āpaḥ snehāya # Svidh.3.8.2.
ā pṛṇanti śavasā vardhayanti ca # RV.5.11.5d; MS.2.13.7d: 156.7.
āpo agraṃ divyā oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.8.7.3a.
āpo asmān (MS. mā) mātaraḥ śundhayantu (AVś.AVPṃS.KS. sūdayantu; TS.Apś. śundhantu) # RV.10.17.10a; AVś.6.51.2a; AVP.6.3.4a; VS.4.2a; TS.1.2.1.1a; KS.2.1a; MS.1.2.1a: 10.1; 3.6.2: 61.7; śB.3.1.2.11; Aś.6.13.11; 8.12.6; Apś.10.6.1. P: āpo asmān śś.4.15.4; Kś.7.2.15; VHDh.8.12,23.
āpo devīr ubhayāṃs tarpayantu # AVś.18.4.39d; HG.2.12.10d; ApMB.2.20.24d.
āpo vātā oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.18.1.17c.
āpo vṛtās tā varuṇena vṛtās tābhir vṛtābhir vartrībhir yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
ā pyāyantām āpa oṣadhayaḥ # TS.1.1.13.1; TB.3.3.9.4; Apś.3.6.1.
ā pyāyayāsmān (TSṃS.KS. pyāyaya) sakhīn sanyā medhayā (GB.Vait. medhayā prajayā dhanena) # VS.5.7; TS.1.2.11.1; 6.2.2.5; MS.1.2.7: 16.18; KS.2.8; AB.1.26.4; GB.2.2.4; śB.3.4.3.18; Aś.4.5.6; śś.5.8.3; Vait.13.23; Lś.5.6.8.
ābhiḥ śamībhir mahayanta indra # RV.4.17.18d.
ābhūbhir indraḥ śnathayann anābhuvaḥ # RV.1.51.9b.
āyuḥ (AVP. āyuṣ) pra vardhayāmahe # AVś.19.32.3d; AVP.11.12.3d.
āyuṣā varcasā prajayā dhanena (KS. adds sanyā medhayā) # VS.12.7b; MS.1.7.1b: 109.12; 2.8.14c (ter): 117.7,10,13; KS.16.8. See next.
āyuṣe tvaṃ jīvase vayaṃ yathāyatham # TS.1.5.10.1c.
āyuṣ pra vardhayāmahe # see āyuḥ etc.
ā ye me asya dīdhayann ṛtasya # RV.7.7.6d.
ā yo vivāya sacathāya daivyaḥ # RV.1.156.5a.
āyoṣ ṭvā sadane sādayāmi samudrasyodmann avataś chāyāyām # MS.2.8.14: 118.11. P: āyoṣ ṭvā sadane sādayāmi Mś.6.2.3.12. See next, and āyos tvā.
āyoṣ ṭvā sadane sādayāmy avataś chāyāyāṃ samudrasya hṛdaye (VS.śB. hṛdaye raśmīvatīṃ bhāsvatīm) # VS.15.63; PB.6.4.3; JB.1.70 (bis, once in fragments); śB.8.7.3.13. Ps: āyoṣ ṭvā Kś.17.12.26; āyoḥ Lś.1.7.4. See prec., and āyos tvā.
āyos tvā sadane sādayāmy avataś chāyāyām # TS.4.4.3.3; KS.17.10. P: āyos tvā sadane sādayāmi KS.21.3; Apś.17.3.8. See āyoṣ ṭvā.
ārāc cit san bhayatām asya śatruḥ # RV.10.42.6c; AVś.20.89.6c.
āre asmat kṛṇuhi daivyaṃ bhayam # RV.8.61.16c.
ārtavān (AVP. -vāṃ) uta hāyanān # AVś.3.10.9b; 11.6.17b; AVP.15.14.2b.
āryaṃ saho vardhayā dyumnam indra # RV.1.103.3d.
ā varṣiṣṭhayā na iṣā # RV.1.88.1c; N.11.14c.
ā vāhaya # Aś.1.3.6. Fragment of mantras to be pronounced with pluti.
ā vāhayāmi # Mś.11.7.1.14 (quinq.; once, erroneously, a vā-).
ā vo hārdi bhayamāno vyayeyam # RV.2.29.6b; VS.33.51b; MS.4.12.6b: 194.5.
āśāṃ mahyaṃ rādhayatu # AVP.2.62.3a.
āśāyai śraddhāyai medhāyai śriyai hriyai vidyāyai # Kauś.74.9.
ā śekur it sadhamādaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.88.17c; N.7.30c.
āśvibhyāṃ prattaṃ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1d.
ā sakhāyaḥ sabardughām # RV.6.48.11a.
āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsi # VS.11.69b; TS.4.1.9.2b; MS.2.7.7b: 82.15; 3.1.9: 11.16; KS.16.7b; śB.6.6.2.6.
ā sūryaṃ rohayad divi # RV.1.7.3b; AVś.20.38.6b; 47.6b; 70.9b; SV.2.149b; MS.2.13.6b: 155.1; TB.1.5.8.2b.
ā somo asmāṃ aruhad vihāyāḥ # RV.8.48.11c.
āsthād rathaṃ svadhayā yujyamānam # RV.7.78.4c.
āhutayas te kāmān samardhayantv āsau # MS.3.11.8: 151.12. See next.
āhutayo me kāman samardhayantu # VS.20.12; KS.38.4; śB.12.8.3.30; TB.2.6.5.8. See prec.
āhnāya mṛtyum ati medhayāyan # JB.2.74d.
ichanti tvā somyāsaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.3.30.1a; VS.34.18a; AB.6.18.2; 19.4; GB.2.6.1 (bis). P: ichanti tvā Aś.7.5.20; śś.12.5.22; VHDh.6.46. Cf. BṛhD.4.105.
idaṃ rāṣṭraṃ vardhayantu prajāvat # AVP.2.72.1d,2d.
idaṃ namo vṛṣabhāya svarāje (MS. -rājñe) # RV.1.51.15a; MS.4.14.14a: 238.9.
idam ahaṃ trivṛtā stomena rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇāsyai pṛthivyā asyai pratiṣṭhāyā asmād āyatanād yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas taṃ hanmi # Apś.24.12.6.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.30,31; 2.30,31. Cf. under idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ viśā.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhis samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.34,35; 2.34,35. Cf. next but two.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.32,33; 2.32,33.
idam aham ābhyo digbhyo 'syai divo 'smād antarikṣād asmād annadyād asyai pratiṣṭhāyai dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyaṃ nirbhajāmi # śś.4.12.10. See idam aham amuṃ bhrātṛvyam.
idam ahaṃ māṃ tejasā brahmavarcasenaujasā vīryeṇa prajayā paśubhir annādyena samardhayāmi # KA.1.36; 2.36.
idam indra prati havyaṃ gṛbhāya (MS.KS. juṣasva) # AVś.19.42.3c; AVP.1.77.3c; TS.1.6.12.3c; MS.4.12.3c: 182.14; KS.8.16c.
idam ū ṣu pra sādhaya # AVś.1.24.4c; AVP.1.26.5c.
idaṃ me prāvatā vacaḥ (AVP. bacaḥ, but the Kashmir ms. has vacaḥ) # RV.10.97.14d; AVP.11.7.3d; VS.12.88d; TS.4.2.6.3d; KS.16.13d; TB.3.11.3.1. See oṣadhayaḥ prāvata, and asyā avata.
idhmaḥ paridhayaḥ srucaḥ # TB.3.7.6.18b; Apś.4.11.6b.
idhmo vediḥ paridhayaś ca sarve # TS.1.5.10.4c; Aś.3.14.10c.
indur indrāya maṃhanā (SV. maṃhayan) # RV.9.37.6c; SV.2.647c.
indo na dānam īṅkhaya # RV.9.52.3b. Cf. indo samudram īṅkhaya.
indo sakhāyam ā viśa # RV.9.8.7c; SV.2.534c.
indo samudram īṅkhaya # RV.9.35.2a. Cf. indo na dānam.
indraṃ vṛtro vi bībhayat # RV.1.80.12b.
indraṃ samarye mahayā vasiṣṭha # RV.7.23.1b; AVś.20.12.1b; SV.1.330b.
indraṃ stomebhir mahayanta āyavaḥ # RV.8.3.16c; AVś.20.10.2c; 59.2c; SV.2.713c.
indra khalvāṃ sam ardhaya # AVP.8.18.1d.
indra gomann ihāyāhi # VS.26.4a.
indraṃ kṣoṇīr avardhayan vayā iva # RV.8.13.17c.
indra cittāni mohayan (AVP. mohaya) # AVś.3.2.3a; AVP.3.5.3a.
indraṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya dhāyase gṛṇāṇāḥ # RV.3.50.3b.
indra tvāyantaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.8.2.16b; AVś.20.18.1b; SV.1.157b; 2.69b.
indraṃ te marutvantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyava etasyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.8; AVP.7.17.8.
indraṃ nakṣantīd abhi vardhayantīḥ # RV.6.34.3b.
indra piba svadhayā cit sutasya # RV.3.35.10a.
indra bhrātar ubhayatrā te artham # RV.3.53.5b.
indraṃ balena vardhayan # VS.21.32c; MS.3.11.2c: 141.10; TB.2.6.11.3c.
indra yajñaṃ ca vardhaya # RV.1.10.4d.
indra śatruṃ (AVP. śatrūṃ) randhaya sarvam asmai # AVś.4.22.2d; AVP.3.21.3d.
indra śatrūṃ randhaya etc. # see indra śatruṃ randhaya etc.
indraś cikāya na sakhāyam īṣe # RV.10.89.3d.
indra senāṃ mohayāmitrāṇām # AVś.3.1.5a. See senāmohanaṃ.
indrasya chadir asi viśvajanasya chāyā # VS.5.28; śB.3.6.1.22. P: indrasya chadiḥ Kś.8.6.10.
indrasya tvaṃ tava vayaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.9.97.43d.
indrasya vāyuṃ sakhyāya vardhayan # SV.2.172d. See next but one.
indra svādiṣṭhayā girā śacīvaḥ # RV.3.53.2d.
indraḥ sakhāyaṃ sutasomam ichan # RV.5.31.12b.
indraḥ senāṃ mohayatu # AVś.3.1.6a; AVP.3.6.6a.
indrāgnī dyāvāpṛthivī āpa oṣadhīḥ (KS. -dhayaḥ) # TS.1.2.1.2; KS.2.2. P: indrāgnī dyāvāpṛthivī Apś.10.8.1. See sūryāgnī dyāvā-.
indrād ā kaś cid bhayate tavīyasaḥ # RV.10.92.8b.
indrāya traiṣṭubhāya pañcadaśāya bārhatāyaikādaśakapālaḥ (TS.KSA. bārhatāya graiṣmāyaikādaśakapālaḥ; MS. bārhatāya graiṣmāya puroḍāśam ekādaśakapālam) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.8; KSA.5.10.
indrāya vṛṣṇe sumakhāya mahyam # RV.1.165.11c; MS.4.11.3c: 169.13; KS.9.18c.
indreṇa yujā paṇim astabhāyat # RV.6.44.22b.
indro aṅga mahad bhayam # RV.2.41.10a; AVś.20.20.5a; 57.8a; SV.1.200a; Aś.6.4.10.
indro dīrghāya cakṣase # RV.1.7.3a; AVś.20.38.6a; 47.6a; 70.9a; SV.2.149a; MS.2.13.6a: 155.1; TB.1.5.8.2a.
indro dhuniṃ ca cumuriṃ ca dambhayan # RV.10.113.9c.
indro bhayaṃ vy asyatu # AVP.2.31.2a.
indro me 'him aghāyantam # AVś.10.4.10c.
indro me 'him arandhayat # AVś.10.4.16a,17a.
indro yajñaṃ vardhayan viśvavedāḥ # MS.4.14.13a: 236.8; TB.2.8.3.7a.
indro rathāya pravataṃ kṛṇoti (AVP. prapadaṃ kṛṇotu) # RV.5.31.1a; AVP.15.12.2a; KB.20.2; 26.16. P: indro rathāya śś.10.11.6; 11.4.8.
indro vo dṛśe bhūyāsaṃ sūryaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāya brahma kṣatrāya # PB.1.3.9.
imaṃ yajñaṃ vardhayan viśvavedāḥ # MS.4.14.13a: 236.10; TB.2.8.3.8a.
imaṃ yajñaṃ svadhayā ye yajante (KS.KA. dadante) # KS.34.19b; KA.1.198.9b; Aś.3.14.10b. See imaṃ ca yajñaṃ, and ya imaṃ yajñaṃ sva-.
imaṃ yajñam aśvinā vardhayantā # MS.4.12.6a: 198.6; TB.2.5.4.6a.
imaṃ vardhayatā giraḥ # AVś.1.15.2c. Cf. under asya vardhayatā.
imaṃ stanam ūrjasvantaṃ (Mś.VārG.Apś.16.12.11a, madhumantaṃ) dhayāpām # VS.17.87a; TS.5.5.10.6a,7; KS.40.6a; Apś.16.12.11a; 17.23.10; Mś.6.2.6.20a; VārG.1.31a. P: imaṃ stanam KS.40.13; PG.1.16.20.
imaṃ ca yajñaṃ sudhayā dadante # MS.1.7.1b: 109.1; 1.8.9b: 130.7. See under imaṃ yajñaṃ svadhayā.
imam agne vardhaya vāvṛdhānaḥ # AVś.5.28.4b; AVP.2.59.2b.
imam indra vardhaya kṣatriyaṃ me (TB. kṣatriyāṇām) # AVś.4.22.1a; AVP.3.21.1a; TB.2.4.7.7a; Kauś.14.24; 17.28.
imāṃ ca naḥ pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyāḥ # RV.3.55.21a.
imāṃ nārīṃ prajayā vardhayantu # AVś.14.1.54d.
imā hi tvām ūrjo vardhayanti # RV.2.11.1c.
irajyann agne prathayasva jantubhiḥ # RV.10.140.4a; SV.2.1169a; VS.12.109a; TS.4.2.7.2a; MS.2.7.14a: 95.16; KS.16.14a; śB.7.3.1.32.
iṣaṃ duhan sudughāṃ viśvadhāyasam # RV.10.122.6a; KS.12.14a.
iṣam aśyāma dhāyase (SV.JB. dhāma ca) # RV.5.70.2b; SV.2.336b; JB.3.88b.
iṣum asteva śātaya (AVP. sādhaya) # AVś.19.34.3d; AVP.11.3.3d.
ihaivāyam (AVś. ihāyam) itaro jātavedāḥ (AVś. jātavedā devaḥ) # RV.10.16.9c; AVś.12.2.8c; VS.35.19c; AG.4.6.5; MG.2.1.8c. P: ihaivāyam Kś.21.4.29.
īkṣe hi vasva ubhayasya rājan # RV.6.19.10c; N.6.6.
īṅkhayantīr apasyuvaḥ # RV.10.153.1a; AVś.20.93.4a; SV.1.175a; ā.5.1.1.6; Vait.34.7. P: īṅkhayantīḥ Aś.6.4.10; Svidh.1.4.2.
īḍenyo maho arbhāya jīvase # RV.1.146.5b.
īśānā vasva ubhayasya kāravaḥ # RV.7.82.4c.
ukhāyāḥ (TS. ukhāyai; MS.KS. ukhāyāṃ) sadane sve # VS.12.16b; TS.4.1.9.3b; 2.1.5b; MS.2.7.8b: 86.1; KS.16.8b.
uta gor aṅgaiḥ purudhāyajanta # AVś.7.5.5b.
uta tyaṃ bhujyum aśvinā sakhāyaḥ # RV.7.68.7a.
uta tridhātu prathayad vi bhūma # RV.4.42.4d.
uta pra vardhayā matim # RV.8.6.32c.
uta rātrīm ubhayataḥ parīyase # RV.5.81.4c.
utāparīṣu kṛṇute sakhāyam # RV.10.117.3d.
uttamaṃ nākam (AVP.VSṃS.KS.śB. uttame nāke) adhi rohayemam (VSṃS.KS.śB. rohayainam; TA. rohemam; AVP. tiṣṭhehi) # AVś.1.9.2d,4d; 6.63.3d; 84.4d; 11.1.4d; AVP.1.75.2b; VS.12.63d; TS.4.2.5.3d; MS.2.7.12d: 90.18; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.1.10; TA.6.4.2d. Cf. svar ārohanto abhi, svo ruhāṇā adhi, and saro ruhāṇā adhi.
uttarād adharād abhayaṃ no astu # AVś.19.15.5d; AVP.3.35.5d.
uttānām ūrdhvo adhayaj juhūbhiḥ # RV.5.1.3d; SV.2.1098d.
ut tiṣṭhata (AVś.Kauś. tiṣṭhatā) pra taratā sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.53.8b; AVś.12.2.27a; VS.35.10b; śB.13.8.4.3b; TA.6.3.2b; Kauś.71.24; 86.27. See vīrayadhvaṃ pra etc.
ut tiṣṭha prehi sam idhāya te paruḥ # AVP.4.15.7a.
ut tiṣṭha (VS.śB.Kś. utthāya) bṛhatī (TA.KA. bṛhan) bhava # VS.11.64a; TS.4.1.6.3c; 5.1.7.4c; MS.2.7.6a: 81.21; 3.1.8: 10.17; KS.16.6c; 19.7; śB.6.5.4.13; TA.4.3.2c; 5.3.7c; KA.1.29c; 2.29; Mś.6.1.2.20. P: utthāya Kś.16.4.21.
ut tvā mṛtyor oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.8.1.17c.
ut saṃhāyāsthād vy ṛtūṃr adardhaḥ # RV.2.38.4c.
ud asya dveṣo abhayaṃ no astu # Mś.1.6.1.21b.
udāne niviśyāmṛtaṃ hutam # MahānU.16.1. See śraddhāyām udāne.
udāne (TA.10.34.1, vḷ., śraddhāyām udāne) niviṣṭo 'mṛtaṃ juhomi # TA.10.33.1; 34.1; MahānU.15.8,9. See śraddhāyām udāne.
udīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.33.
udumbarasya śākhayā cakṣuṣā (AVP.15.23.4c, vicakṣuṣā) # AVP.15.23.3c,4c.
ud ehi vediṃ prajayā vardhayainām (Mś. -yāsmān) # AVś.11.1.21a; Mś.1.6.1.21a. P: ud ehi vedim Kauś.61.41.
udgātar haye-haya udgātaḥ # śB.13.5.2.6.
ud budhyadhvaṃ samanasaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.101.1a. Cf. BṛhD.8.10.
un nambhaya pṛthivīm # TS.2.4.8.2a; 10.3; 3.5.5.2a; KS.11.9a; MS.1.3.26a: 39.11; Apś.7.11.1; 9.6.7; 10.23.9; 13.10.3; 19.27.7. P: un nambhaya Mś.2.1.3.43; 2.5.1.10. See pra nabhasva pṛthivi.
upa chāyām iva ghṛṇeḥ # RV.6.16.38a; SV.2.1056a; MS.4.11.2a: 163.8; KS.40.14a; TB.2.4.4.6a.
upa dyām ṛṣvo bṛhad indra stabhāyaḥ # RV.6.17.7b.
upa barbṛhi vṛṣabhāya bāhum # RV.10.10.10c; AVś.18.1.11c; N.4.20c.
upa yo namo namasi stabhāyan # RV.4.21.5a.
upasṛjan (Aś. upasṛjaṃ) dharuṇaṃ mātaraṃ dharuṇo dhayan # AB.5.22.15; Aś.8.13.2. See next.
upasṛjan (śG. upa sṛjaṃ) dharuṇaṃ mātre dharuṇo mātaraṃ (Lśṃś.JB. mātre mātaraṃ dharuṇo; Apś. mātre mātarā dharuṇo) dhayan # VS.8.51; śB.4.6.9.9; JB.3.307,329; Lś.3.7.8; Apś.13.19.5; Mś.2.5.4.21; śG.3.11.4. Ps: upasṛjan dharuṇam Apś.21.9.14; upasṛjan Kś.12.4.10. See prec.
upa stabhāyad upamin na rodhaḥ # RV.4.5.1d.
upa stṛṇīhi prathaya purastāt # AVś.12.3.37a. P: upa stṛṇīhi Kauś.61.45.
upātiṣṭhe prathamajām (AVP. -jā) ṛtasya # AVś.2.1.4b; AVP.2.6.4b. See under upasthāya prathama-.
upāruhaḥ śrathayan svādate hariḥ # RV.9.68.2b.
ubhayaṃ śṛṇavac ca naḥ # RV.8.61.1a; AVś.20.113.1a; SV.1.290a; 2.583a; AB.4.31.13; 5.18.24; 8.2.5; JB.3.220; PB.14.10.6; ā.5.2.4.2; Aś.7.3.18; 4.4; Vait.40.3,8. P: ubhayaṃ śṛṇavat śś.7.20.7; 12.5.19; 16.21.27. Cf. BṛhD.6.86 (A).
ubhā pitarā mahayann ajāyata # RV.3.3.11c; TS.1.5.11.1c.
ubhā rājānā (AVś. -nau) svadhayā madantā (AVś. -tau) # RV.10.14.7c; AVś.18.1.54c; MS.4.14.16c: 242.13.
ubhe id asyobhayasya (AVś. asyobhe asya) rājataḥ # RV.10.13.5c; AVś.7.57.2c.
ubhe nabhasī ubhayāṃś ca lokān # AVś.12.3.6a.
ubhe bibhṛta ubhayaṃ bharīmabhiḥ # RV.10.64.14c.
ubhe yatete ubhayasya (AVś. ubhe asya) puṣyataḥ # RV.10.13.5d; AVś.7.57.2d.
uruṃ rathāya panthām # RV.8.68.13b.
urukramā tavasā vardhayantī # RV.7.99.6b.
urugavyūtir abhayāni kṛṇvan # RV.9.90.4a; SV.2.760a.
urugavyūtī abhayaṃkṛtau # MS.4.13.9: 212.2; śB.1.9.1.6; TB.3.5.10.1; Aś.1.9.1; śś.1.14.4.
urugāyam abhayaṃ tasya tā anu # RV.6.28.4c; AVś.4.21.4c; KS.13.16c; TB.2.4.6.9c.
uru prathayase bṛhat # RV.10.21.8b.
uruṣyā ṇo (MS. no) aghāyataḥ samasmāt # RV.5.24.3b; VS.3.26b; MS.1.5.3d: 69.12; KS.7.1d; śB.2.3.4.31b; Apś.6.17.8b; N.5.23.
uruṣyā no aghāyataḥ etc. # see uruṣyā ṇo etc.
urv aśyām abhayaṃ jyotir indra # RV.2.27.14c.
urvīṃ gavyūtim abhayaṃ kṛdhī naḥ # RV.7.77.4b.
urvīṃ gavyūtim abhayaṃ ca nas kṛdhi # RV.9.78.5d.
urvīr āsan paridhayaḥ # AVś.13.1.46a.
uśantā dūtā na dabhāya gopā # RV.7.91.2a; AB.5.18.8; Aś.8.10.1. Cf. BṛhD.6.18 (B).
uṣas tisro avardhayan # RV.8.41.3e.
uṣā mṛtaṃ kaṃ cana bodhayantī # RV.1.113.8d.
ūrdhvaṃ bhānuṃ sūryasya stabhāyan # RV.10.3.2c; SV.2.897c.
ūrdhvaśrito vai nāmaitā āpo yad oṣadhayaś ca vanaspatayaś ca tāsām agnir adhipatiḥ # AVP.11.16.1.
ūrdhvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.35.
ṛkṣīkāṃ rakṣo apa bādhayāsmat # AVś.12.1.49d.
ṛgbhir evobhayatotharvāṅgirobhir guptābhir guptai stuta # GB.2.2.14.
ṛghāyato abhiyujo bhayante # RV.4.38.8b.
ṛghāyato araṃhayanta manyave # RV.10.113.6b.
ṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya # VS.11.8a; TS.3.1.10.1a; 4.1.1.3a; 5.1.1.3; MS.2.7.1a: 74.10; 3.1.1: 2.5; KS.15.11a; 18.19; śB.6.3.1.20a; Apś.11.20.1; 16.1.7; Mś.2.3.6.18; 6.1.1.7; Kauś.5.7a. P: ṛcā stomam Vait.18.6; 28.7; MG.1.10.11; JG.1.4a; VārG.14.12.
ṛtavas te vihitā hāyanīḥ # AVś.12.1.36c.
ṛtasya gopā na dabhāya sukratuḥ # RV.9.73.8a.
ṛtasya panthā asi devānāṃ chāyāmṛtasya nāma # TS.7.1.20.1; KSA.1.11.
ṛtasya mā pradiśo vardhayanti # RV.8.100.4c.
ṛtasya yonā sam aranta nābhayaḥ # RV.9.73.1b.
ṛtur hemanto viṣṭhayā naḥ pipartu (KS. viṣṭhayā pipartu naḥ) # AVP.15.1.9b; TS.4.4.12.3b; MS.3.16.4b: 188.14; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
ṛbhubhyo 'jinasaṃdham (TB. -saṃdhāyam) # VS.30.15; TB.3.4.1.13.
ṛbhur yebhir vṛṣaparvā vihāyāḥ # RV.3.36.2b; TB.2.4.3.12b.
etat satyasya śraddhaya # AVP.4.11.7c.
etā dhiyaṃ kṛṇavāmā sakhāyaḥ # RV.5.45.6a.
eto nv indraṃ stavāma (sakhāyaḥ) # RV.8.24.19a; AVś.20.65.1a; SV.1.387a; śś.12.25.7; Vait.42.4. P: eto nv indraṃ stavāma sakhāyaḥ Aś.7.8.2.
edhamānadviḍ ubhayasya rājā # RV.6.47.16c; N.6.22.
ebhir matprattaiḥ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1c.
ebhyo nṛbhyo randhayā yeṣv asmi # RV.6.19.12b.
e mathāyā # JB.3.202.
evam aham āyuṣā medhayā varcasā prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasena samindhe (SMB. brahmavarcasena dhanenānnādyena samedhiṣīya) # SMB.1.6.32; PG.2.4.3. See next, and evaṃ mām āyuṣā.
evam aham āyuṣā varcasā tejasā sanyā medhayā prajñayā prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasenānnādyena dhanena samedhiṣīya svāhā # JG.1.12. See under prec.
evaṃ mām āyuṣā varcasā sanyā medhayā (HG. māṃ medhayā prajñayā) prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya # ApMB.2.6.2; HG.1.7.2. See under evam aham āyuṣā medhayā.
evā te śakro abhayaṃ kṛṇotu # AVP.5.17.3c.
evā maho asura vakṣathāya # RV.10.99.12a.
evā hi māṃ tavasaṃ vardhayanti # RV.10.28.6a.
eved indrāya vṛṣabhāya vṛṣṇe # RV.4.16.20a.
eṣa devaḥ śubhāyate # RV.9.28.3a; SV.2.632a.
eṣāṃ rāṣṭraṃ suvīraṃ vardhayāmi # AVś.3.19.5b; AVP.3.19.5b.
eṣā janaṃ darśatā bodhayantī # RV.5.80.2a.
eṣā vai virāḍ aṣṭāpadī yad dyauś ca pṛthivī cāpaś cauṣadhayaś ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca sūryaś ca candramāś ca # AVP.9.21.8.
oṃ śikhāyai vaṣat # NṛpU.2.2. See śikhāyai.
o cit sakhāyaṃ sakhyā vavṛtyām # RV.10.10.1a; AVś.18.1.1a. P: o cit sakhāyam SaṃnyāsaU.1. Cf. BṛhD.6.154. See ā tvā sakhāyaḥ.
ojaḥ kṛṣva saṃ gṛbhāya tve api # RV.10.44.4c; AVś.20.94.4c.
ojasvī vīryāvān indriyāvī bhavati pra rājasabhāyāṃ madhuparkam āpnoty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.7.
ojo dāsasya dambhaya # RV.8.40.6c; AVś.7.90.1c.
oṣadhayaḥ prati gṛbhṇīta # VS.11.48a; VSK.13.6.3a; śB.6.4.4.17. See next, oṣadhayaḥ prati moda-, and oṣadhīḥ prati.
oṣadhayaḥ prati gṛhṇītāgnim (MSṃś. gṛbhṇītā-) etam # TS.4.1.4.4a; 5.1.5.9; MS.2.7.5a: 79.10; 3.1.6: 8.5; KS.16.4a; 19.5. P: oṣadhayaḥ pratigṛbhṇīta Mś.6.1.1.40. See under prec.
oṣadhayaḥ prati modadhvam enam (KS. omits enam; VS.śB. modadhvam agnim etam) # VS.11.47a; TS.4.1.4.4a; 5.1.5.9; MS.2.7.5a: 79.12; KS.16.4a; śB.6.4.4.16. P: oṣadhayaḥ Kś.16.3.14. See under oṣadhayaḥ prati gṛbhṇīta.
oṣadhīḥ prati modadhvam # RV.10.97.3a; VS.12.77a. See under oṣadhayaḥ prati etc.
oṣadhīḥ prācucyavuḥ # RV.10.97.10c; VS.12.84c. See oṣadhayaḥ etc.
ka īṣate tujyate ko bibhāya # RV.1.84.17a; N.14.26a.
kaṇvaṃ baudhāyanaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.14.
kaṇvā indrasya gāthayā # RV.8.32.1b.
kati rohā(ḥ) svar ārohayanti # AVP.13.7.7a.
kathā rādhāma sakhāyaḥ # RV.1.41.7a. P: kathā rādhāma śś.12.2.14.
kathā śardhāya marutām ṛtāya # RV.4.3.8a.
kad rudrāya sumakhāya havirde # RV.4.3.7b.
kad vāta un mathāyati # śś.12.18.1.12. See tad etc.
kayā yāti svadhayā ko dadarśa # RV.4.13.5c; 14.5c.
kayā śaciṣṭhayā vṛtā # RV.4.31.1c; AVś.20.124.1c; SV.1.169c; 2.32c; VS.27.39c; 36.4c; TS.4.2.11.2c; MS.2.13.9c: 159.5; 4.9.27c: 139.12; KS.39.12c; TA.4.32.3c; KA.1.219Hc; Apś.17.7.8c.
kara ād (SV. id) arthayāsa it # RV.1.82.1d; SV.1.416d.
karan na indraḥ sutīrthābhayaṃ ca # RV.4.29.3d.
karmāṇi loke pari mohayanti # Kauś.135.9f.
kalpantām āpa oṣadhayaḥ (AVPṭSṭB. oṣadhīḥ) # AVP.3.23.4b; VS.13.25b; 14.6b,15b,16b,27b; 15.57b; TS.4.4.11.1; MS.1.6.2b: 89.4; 2.8.12b (bis): 116.4,12; KS.7.10b (bis),14b; śB.8.7.1.6; TB.1.2.1.18b.
kavir devo (AVP. devān) na dabhāya svadhāvān (AVP. svadhāvaḥ) # AVś.4.1.7d; AVP.5.2.7d.
kāmān sam ardhayantu naḥ # RVKh.9.67.2c; SV.2.651c; TB.1.4.8.5c.
kiṃ te brahmāṇo gṛhate sakhāyaḥ # RV.5.32.12c.
kiṃ muhuś cid vi dīdhayaḥ # RV.8.21.6b.
kiṃ me sakhāyam ā tudaḥ # AVP.1.44.2b; 13.3.3b.
kīlālape somapṛṣṭhāya vedhase # RV.10.91.14c; VS.20.78c; MS.3.11.4c: 146.14; KS.38.9c; TB.1.4.2.2c; Apś.19.3.2c.
kuṣṭayā te krīṇāni # MS.3.7.7: 84.14. See kuṣṭhayā.
kuhayā kuhayākṛte # RV.8.24.30b.
kṛṇuta dhūmaṃ vṛṣaṇaḥ sakhāyaḥ # AVś.11.1.2a. P: kṛṇuta dhūmam Kauś.60.22. See kṛṇota etc.
kṛṇota dhūmaṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.3.29.9a. See kṛṇuta etc.
kṛdhī na ūrdhvāñ carathāya jīvase # RV.1.36.4c; MS.4.13.1c: 199.10; KS.15.12c; AB.2.2.21; TB.3.6.1.2c. P: kṛdhī naḥ Mś.5.2.8.10.
kṛṣṇād ud asthād aryā vihāyāḥ # RV.1.123.1c.
ko vaḥ paścāt prāvichāyat # AVP.6.3.1a.
kratuṃ bharanti vṛṣabhāya saścate # RV.2.16.4b.
krimiṃ jambhayatām iti (AVP. -tām imam) # AVś.5.23.1d; AVP.7.2.1d.
kṣayadvīraṃ vardhaya sūnṛtābhiḥ # RV.1.125.3d.
kṣāmā ye viśvadhāyasaḥ # RV.10.176.1c.
kṣudhaṃ sediṃ vadhaṃ bhayam # AVś.8.8.18b.
kṣetraṃ gām aśvaṃ puruṣaṃ vobhayādat # AVP.5.36.7d.
gayaṃ puṣṭiṃ ca vardhaya # RV.5.10.3b.
garbham ā dhehi yonyām (śG. sādhaya) # AVś.5.25.8b; AVP.12.4.5b; śG.1.19.11b.
gāyatrīm āvāhayāmi # TA.10.26.1; Tā.10.35; MahānU.15.1.
gāva eva surabhayaḥ # Vait.34.9a; Apś.21.20.3a; Mś.7.2.7.10a. See gāvo hāre.
gāvo gulgulugandhayaḥ (Vaitṃś. guggulu-) # Vait.34.9b; Kś.13.3.21b; Apś.21.20.3b; Mś.7.2.7.10b.
gāvo hāre surabhayaḥ # Kś.13.3.21a. See gāva eva.
giraṃ bhare vṛṣabhāya pratīcīm # RV.5.12.1d.
gīrbhiḥ sakhāyam ṛgmiyam # RV.6.45.7b.
guhā santaṃ mātariśvā mathāyati # RV.1.141.3d.
gṛbhṇāti ripuṃ nidhayā nidhāpatiḥ # RV.9.83.4c.
gṛhamedhaṃ ca vardhaya # Apś.5.26.5f.
gomātaro yac chubhayante añjibhiḥ # RV.1.85.3a.
gaur dhayati marutām # RV.8.94.1a; SV.1.149a; JB.1.350; Aś.6.7.2. Cf. BṛhD.6.109.
grāmaṇīr asi grāmaṇīr utthāya (AVP. asi grāmanīthyāyāḥ) # AVś.19.31.12a; AVP.10.5.12a.
gharmastubhe diva ā pṛṣṭhayajvane # RV.5.54.1c.
ghṛṇīva chāyām arapā aśīya # RV.2.33.6c.
ghṛtena te tanvaṃ vardhayāmi # KS.38.12c.
ghṛtena tvaṃ tanvaṃ (TS. tanuvo) vardhayasva # RV.10.59.5d; VS.12.44c; TS.3.1.4.4c; 4.2.3.4c; MS.1.7.1c: 108.11; śB.6.6.4.12; Apś.7.6.5c; Mś.1.7.3.40c; N.10.40d. See ghṛtasyāgne.
ghṛtena tvāvardhayann agna āhuta # RV.5.11.3c; TB.2.4.3.3c.
ghṛtena miśrā amṛtasya nābhayaḥ # AVś.12.3.41b.
ghṛtena vardhayāmasi # RV.6.16.11b; SV.2.11b; VS.3.3b; śB.1.4.1.25; TB.1.2.1.10b; 3.5.2.1b; Apś.5.6.3b.
ghṛtenājyena vardhayan # AVP.15.21.1b.
ghṛtair bodhayatātithim # RV.8.44.1b; VS.3.1b; 12.30b; TS.4.2.3.1b; MS.2.7.10b: 87.14; KS.7.12b; 16.10b; śB.6.8.1.6; TB.1.2.1.10b.
ghṛṣuṃ vā ye niniduḥ sakhāyam # RV.10.27.6c.
ghoraṃ mṛtyubhayaṃ haret # RV.9.67.20d.
ghnanto vṛtrāṇy ubhayāni śūra # RV.6.19.13c.
cakṣuṣo gopīthāyāśiṣam āśāse # Apś.1.20.11.
catasro diśaś catasro 'vāntaradiśā ahaś ca rātriś ca kṛṣiś ca vṛṣṭiś ca tviṣiś cāpatitiś (read cāpacitiś) cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca devānāṃ patnayaḥ # TA.3.9.2. Cf. ahaś ca rātriś.
candravapayor medasām anu brūhi (and medasāṃ preṣya) # Apś.20.19.3. Cf. hayasya.
camasādhvaryo unnayasvobhayataḥ śukraṃ kuruṣva # Apś.12.26.4.
caruṃ prakṣālayādhiśrayāpa opya taṇḍulān āvapasva nekṣaṇena yodhayann āsva mā śiro grahīḥ # Kauś.87.12.
carur na yas tam īṅkhaya # RV.9.52.3a.
cared evā traihāyaṇāt # AVś.12.4.16a.
cāruṃ śardhāya matsaram # RV.9.30.6c.
citraṃ grābhaṃ saṃ gṛbhāya # RV.8.81.1b; SV.1.167b; 2.78b; VaradapU.1.4b.
chandarṣīn āvāhayāmi # Tā.10.35.
jakṣad utevāpi bhayāni paśyan # śB.14.7.1.14d; BṛhU.4.3.14d.
jagata sthātur ubhayasya yo vaśī # RV.4.53.6b.
jagatā sindhuṃ divy astabhāyat (AVś. askabhāyat) # RV.1.164.25a; AVś.9.10.3a.
jaghāna śakro dasyūnām abhidhāya senayā # AVś.8.8.7d.
janaṃ-janaṃ dhāyase cakṣase ca # RV.5.15.4b.
janebhyaḥ kṛṇavad bhayam # AVP.3.40.3b.
jaratkanyāṃ mahāyaśāḥ # RVKh.1.191.7b.
jaradaṣṭiḥ kṛtavīryo vihāyāḥ # AVś.17.1.27c.
jarasā śatahāyanaḥ # AVś.8.2.8d.
jaritur vardhayā giraḥ # RV.9.40.5c.
jahi yo no aghāyati # RV.1.131.7d.
jahi rakṣo maghavan randhayasva # RV.3.30.16d.
jahi śatrūn prati randhayasva # AVP.3.27.6a.
jātavedaḥ prati havyā gṛbhāya # AVś.3.10.6b; AVP.1.105.2b; SMB.2.2.14b. See jātavedo havir.
jātavedo aghāyataḥ # RV.6.16.30b.
jāto jātāṃ ubhayāṃ antar agne # RV.4.2.2b.
jīvātave pratarāṃ (RV.AVP. -raṃ) sādhayā dhiyaḥ # RV.1.94.4c; AVP.13.5.3c; SV.2.415c; SMB.2.4.3c.
juhotana vṛṣabhāya kṣitīnām # RV.7.98.1b; AVś.20.87.1b.
jyāghoṣā dundubhayaḥ # AVś.5.21.9a.
jyeṣṭho yad apracetāḥ # śś.12.20.2.3c. See jyeṣṭhāya yad.
jyotayainaṃ mahate saubhagāya # AVś.7.16.1b. See vardhayainaṃ.
jyotir andhāya cakrathur vicakṣe # RV.1.117.17d.
ta ādityā abhayaṃ śarma yachata # RV.10.63.7c.
taṃ vardhayanto matibhiḥ śivābhiḥ # RV.10.67.9a; AVś.20.91.9a.
taṃ vaḥ sakhāyaḥ saṃ yathā suteṣu # RV.6.23.9a.
taṃ vā ahaṃ nārvāñcaṃ na parāñcaṃ na pratyañcaṃ satyenodareṇa tenainaṃ prāśiṣaṃ tayainam ajīgamam # AVś.11.3.42; ... pratyañcaṃ satye pratiṣṭhāya tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.49; ... pratyañcaṃ saptaṛṣibhiḥ prāṇāpānais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.38; ... pratyañcaṃ samudreṇa vastinā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.43; ... pratyañcaṃ savituḥ prapadābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.47; ... pratyañcaṃ sūryācandramasābhyām akṣībhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.34; ... pratyañcaṃ tvaṣṭur aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.45; ... pratyañcaṃ divā pṛṣṭhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.40; ... pratyañcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ śrotrābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.33; ... pratyañcam agner jihvayā tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.36; ... pratyañcam antarikṣeṇa vyacasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.39; ... pratyañcam aśvinoḥ pādābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.46; ... pratyañcam ṛtasya hastābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.48; ... pratyañcam ṛtubhir dantais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.37; ... pratyañcaṃ pṛthivyorasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.41; ... pratyañcaṃ bṛhaspatinā śīrṣṇā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.32; ... pratyañcaṃ brahmaṇā mukhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.35; ... pratyañcaṃ mitrāvaruṇayor ūrubhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.44.
taṃ vedhāṃ medhayāhyan # RV.9.26.3a.
taṃ vai devāḥ svar ā rohayanti # AVP.11.5.3d.
taṃ sakhāyaḥ purorucam (SV. purū-) # RV.9.98.12a; SV.2.1030a.
taṃ krimiṃ jambhayāmasi # AVś.5.23.3d; AVP.7.2.3d.
taṃ gāthayā purāṇyā # RV.9.99.4a; SV.2.983a.
taṃ gīrbhir vācamīṅkhayam # RV.9.35.5a.
taṃ gūrdhayā svarṇaram # RV.8.19.1a; SV.1.109a; 2.1037a; JB.2.328.
tac caturmukhāya vidmahe # MS.2.9.1a: 120.2. See caturmukhāya.
tato devī vardhayate payāṃsi # TB.3.7.6.4b; Apś.4.5.5b.
tato no abhayaṃ kṛdhi (VS.śś.13.2.2b, kuru) # RV.8.61.13b; AVś.19.15.1b; AVP.3.35.1b; SV.1.274b; 2.671b; VS.36.22b; AB.5.27.2b; 7.3.2b; JB.3.264b; PB.15.4.3b; TB.3.7.8.1b; 8.2c; 11.4b; TA.10.1.9b; KA.1.218Ad; 3.239b; Aś.3.11.1b; śś.3.20.2b; 13.2.2b; Apś.3.12.1b; 9.5.1b; 17.6b; Mś.3.2.1b; --3.5.12b; MahānU.20.4b.
tato no vardhayā rayim # MS.1.5.1d: 66.5; 1.6.1d: 85.8; KS.2.4d; 6.9d; 16.11d; 18.18d. See under athā no etc.
tat paraitu yathāyatham # AVP.1.59.1d.
tat pṛthivīm aprathayaḥ # RV.8.89.5c; SV.2.779c; ArS.2.7c.
tat saṃ dhatsvājyenota vardhayasva # AVP.2.39.2c; TB.3.7.13.1c; Vait.24.1c. See next.
tat saṃdhatsvota rohayasva # Mś.2.5.4.24c. See prec.
tat saṃbharann uttarato nidhāya # TB.1.2.1.4c; Apś.5.2.1c.
tat su no manma sādhaya # RV.6.56.4c.
tathā tvam asmān vardhaya # AVś.19.64.2c.
tad it sadhastham abhi cāru dīdhaya # RV.10.32.4a.
tad ubhayam antareṇeṣṭāpūrtaṃ te lokaṃ sukṛtam āyuḥ prajāṃ vṛñjīyaṃ yadi me druhyeḥ # AB.8.15.2; ... -pūrtaṃ me lokaṃ sukṛtam āyuḥ prajāṃ vṛñjīthā yadi te druhyeyam AB.8.15.3.
tad uśanti viśva ime sakhāyaḥ # RV.9.96.4c.
tad vāta unmathāyati # AVś.20.132.4. See kad etc.
tanūnaptre śakmane śākvarāya śakmanā ojiṣṭhāya # MS.1.2.7: 16.12. P: tanūnaptre MS.3.7.10 (bis): 90.15; 91.12. See under prec.
tanūnaptre śākvarāya śakmann ojiṣṭhāya # VSK.5.2.1. P: tanūnaptre śākvarāya Kś.8.1.20. See under prec. but one.
tan naḥ śardhāya dhāsathā sv indriyam # RV.1.111.2d.
tan naḥ ṣaṇmukhaḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.6c. Cf. ṣaṇmukhāya.
taṃ no bhūme randhaya pūrvakṛtvari # AVś.12.1.14c.
tapaś ca me 'tapaś ca me tan ma ubhayaṃ vratam # ApMB.2.5.8 (ApG.4.11.18).
tapurmaghāya namo 'stu takmane # AVP.12.1.2d. See tapurvadhāya.
tapurvadhāya namo astu takmane # AVś.6.20.1d. See tapurmaghāya.
tam agniṃ vardhayāmasi # RV.1.36.11d.
tam agne vardhayā tvam # AVś.6.5.3b; VS.17.52b; TS.4.6.3.1b; MS.2.10.4b: 135.7. See agne taṃ vardhayā.
tam it sakhāyaṃ kṛṇute samatsu # RV.4.24.6d.
tam eva vidvān na bibhāya mṛtyoḥ # AVś.10.8.44c. Cf. under tam evaṃ vi-.
taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye tena rādhnuhi # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.3; śB.13.1.2.4; Apś.20.3.4. Ps: taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ Mś.9.2.1.17; taṃ badhāna Kś.20.1.28.
taṃ mā devā avantu śobhāyai # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1; KA.1.213; 3.213. See tan mā etc.
taṃ me vāyo samardhaya # ApMB.1.13.4d.
tayā prattaṃ svadhayā madantu # HG.2.11.1d. See tvayā etc., and mayā prattaṃ.
tayā mātrā tayā śraddhayā # JB.1.50c.
tayā mām adya medhayā # RVKh.10.151.8c; AVś.6.108.4c; VS.32.14c.
tayāham indrasaṃdhayā # AVś.11.10.9c.
tava kṣatrāṇi vardhayan # RV.8.19.33d.
tava rādhaḥ somapīthāya harṣate # RV.1.51.7b.
taviṣīyantaḥ śrathayanta vīrāḥ # RV.5.85.4d.
tavaiva san sarvahāyā ihāstu # AVś.8.2.7b.
tasmā aspṛhayaṃ punaḥ # RV.10.135.2d.
tasmai jyeṣṭhāya brahmaṇe namaḥ # AVś.10.7.32d,33d,34d,36d; 8.1d.
tasmai virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye samudrāya viśvavyacase tuthāya viśvavedase śvātrāya pracetase sahasrākṣāya brahmaṇaḥ putrāya namaḥ # SMB.2.4.6. Cf. virūpākṣāya dantājjaye.
tasya te vayaṃ svadhayā madema # TS.5.7.24.1d; KSA.5.16d.
tasyāḥ śikhāyā madhye # TA.10.11.2a; MahānU.11.13a.
tasyās te viśvadhāyasaḥ # AVP.3.15.1c--4c; 6.7.4c--6c.
tasyed arvanto raṃhayanta āśavaḥ # RV.8.19.6a.
tā īm ā kṣeti svadhayā madantīḥ # RV.10.124.8b.
tāṃ uśato vi bodhaya # RV.1.12.4a.
tāṃs te randhayāmi harasā jātavedaḥ # AVś.19.66.1c.
tān anv ārohāmi pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmi # AB.8.12.4. See under tān anv adhi-.
tān aham anu rājyāya sāmrājyāya bhaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya pārameṣṭhyāya rājyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmi # AB.8.6.3. See under tān anv adhi-.
tāni jambhaya tejasā # AVP.5.20.7d.
tānīndra vi rohaya # RV.8.91.5b; AVP.4.26.5b; JB.1.221b.
tān krimīṃ (AVP. -mīn) jambhayāmasi # AVś.5.23.5d; AVP.7.2.5d.
tāṃ tvā mudgalā haviṣā vardhayanti # TB.2.5.6.5c.
tān randhayāsmā ahamuttareṣu # AVś.4.22.1d; AVP.3.21.1d.
tān sarvāṃ jambhayāmasi # AVś.6.50.3e.
tābhyām iyād agnīn ādhāya dhīraḥ # AB.5.30.3c.
tām imām apradāhāya # TB.1.2.1.6c; Apś.5.2.4c.
tām etad achāyanti # AVś.12.4.14c.
tā vadanti yathāyatham # AVś.10.8.33b.
tās te samṛddhīr iha rādhayāmi # AVś.11.1.10d.
tāḥ sarvāḥ (TS. sarvā oṣadhayaḥ) saṃvidānāḥ # RV.10.97.14c; VS.12.88c; TS.4.2.6.3c; MS.2.7.13c: 94.10; KS.16.13c. See oṣadhayaḥ saṃvidānāḥ.
tisro devīḥ svadhayā barhir edam # RV.2.3.8c.
tīvraṃ somaṃ pibati gosakhāyam # RV.5.37.4b.
tugraṃ kutsāya smadibhaṃ ca randhayam # RV.10.49.4b.
tutho 'si janadhāyāḥ (PB. -yaḥ) # MS.1.3.12 (bis): 34.8,9; 4.6.3 (bis): 82.4,6; KS.4.4 (bis); 27.8 (bis); PB.1.4.3; Mś.2.4.1.6 (bis). P: tuthaḥ (text, erroneously, stutaḥ) Lś.2.2.12.
tuviṣṭamāya dhāyase # RV.1.130.2e.
tṛṇaṃ vāto mathāyati # AVś.2.30.1b. See vātas tṛṇaṃ.
tṛtīyasyai divo gāyatriyā soma ābhṛtaḥ somapīthāya saṃnayituṃ vakalam antaram ādade # TB.3.7.4.1; Apś.1.6.8.
te naḥ pāntv asmin brahmaṇy asyāṃ purodhāyām asmin karmaṇy asyām āśiṣy asyāṃ devahūtau # MS.2.7.20 (quinq.): 105.2,6,11,15; 106.1. See under asmin brahmaṇy.
tena prajāṃ vardhayamāna āyuḥ # RV.1.125.1c.
tenāgne tvam uta vardhayemam (MS. vardhayā mām) # TS.3.5.4.2c; MS.1.4.3c: 50.15; KS.5.6c. See tena tvam agna.
tenāhīn jambhayāmasi # AVP.13.3.7b.
tebhir no mahayā giraḥ # SV.2.853d.
te mahyaṃ randhayantu tvā # AVP.9.29.5d.
te māvantv asmin brahmaṇy asmin karmaṇy asyāṃ purodhāyām asyāṃ devahūtyām asyām ākūtyām asyām āśiṣi ssvāhā # AVP.15.9.3. See under asmin brahmaṇy asmin karmaṇy.
teṣāṃ me abhayaṃ kuru # RVKh.10.127.10d,10e.
tośāsā rathayāvānā # RV.8.38.2a; SV.2.424a; JB.3.142a.
tyaṃ su meṣaṃ mahayā svarvidam # RV.1.52.1a; SV.1.337a; AB.5.16.17; KB.25.3; 26.9. P: tyaṃ su meṣam Aś.8.6.6; śś.9.8.3; 10.9.12; 11.13.20.
tyaṃ cid eṣāṃ svadhayā madantam # RV.5.32.4a.
trayo vai smaḥ sakhāyaḥ # AVP.1.44.4a.
trivṛn no viṣṭhayā (KS. trivṛd viṣṭhayā) stomo ahnām (MS. ahnā) # TS.4.4.12.1c; MS.3.16.4c: 188.1; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c. Cf. dvādaśā iṣṭayā.
trīn yuktāṃ aṣṭāv aridhāyaso gāḥ # RV.1.126.5b.
tvaṃ rāya ubhayāso janānām # TB.3.6.10.2b. See tvāṃ etc.
tvaṃ vṛtrāṇi randhayā suhantu # RV.7.30.2d.
tvaṃ śardhāya mahinā gṛṇānaḥ # RV.10.147.5a.
tvaṃ siṃhāṃ ubhayādataḥ # AVP.5.1.8b.
tvaṃ sindho kubhayā gomatīṃ krumum # RV.10.75.6c.
tvaṃ hi vettha yathātatham (ṣB. yathāyatham) # ṣB.1.6.19d; TB.3.7.11.5d (bis); TA.2.6.2d; Apś.3.12.1d (ter); BDh.3.7.13d. See sa hi vettha.
tvaṃ hi soma vardhayan # RV.9.51.4a.
tvacaṃ kṛṣṇām arandhayat # RV.1.130.8e.
tvad vājī vājaṃbharo vihāyāḥ # RV.4.11.4a.
tvaṃ tāṃ agna ubhayān vi vidvān # RV.6.33.3a. P: tvaṃ tāṃ agne BṛhPDh.9.124.
tvaṃ tāṃ indrobhayāṃ amitrān # RV.6.33.3a.
tvam asi pradivaḥ kārudhāyāḥ # RV.6.44.12c.
tvaṃ mitrasya varuṇasya dhāyase # AVP.13.6.2a. See ayaṃ mitrasya etc.
tvayā prattaṃ svadhayā madanti # ApMB.2.19.7d. See under tayā etc.
tvāṃ rāya ubhayāso janānām # RV.6.1.5b; MS.4.13.6b: 206.13; KS.18.20b. See tvaṃ etc.
tvāṃ devā mahayāyyāya vāvṛdhuḥ # RV.10.122.7c.
tvām indra brahmaṇā vardhayantaḥ # AVś.17.1.14a.
dakṣāyyāya dakṣatā sakhāyaḥ # RV.7.97.8c.
dakṣiṇāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.31a.
dadbhyo gandhāya te namaḥ # AVś.11.2.6c.
dadyād evaṃvidhāya vai # śG.1.2.7d.
dadhad vidhakṣyan paryaṅkhayātai # TA.6.1.4d. See dadhṛg.
dadhāti ketum ubhayasya jantoḥ # RV.7.9.1c.
dadhikrām u namasā bodhayanta # RV.7.44.2a.
dadhṛg vidhakṣyan paryaṅkhayāte (AVś. vidhakṣan parīṅkhayātai) # RV.10.16.7d; AVś.18.2.58d. See dadhad vi-.
darbhastambe vīryakṛte nidhāya # TB.2.7.17.3c.
didyuṃ yad asya samitheṣu maṃhayam # RV.10.48.9c.
diva oṣadhayas (TS. -yaḥ) pari # RV.10.97.17b; AVP.11.7.4b; VS.12.91b; TS.4.2.6.5b; MS.2.7.13b: 94.13.
divaḥ śardhāya śucayo manīṣāḥ # RV.6.66.11c.
divodāsāya randhayaḥ (SV. -yan) # RV.6.43.1b; SV.1.392b.
divo na vṛṣṭiṃ prathayan vavakṣitha # RV.8.12.6c.
divo mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyopānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 118.6.
divo raja uparam astabhāyaḥ # RV.1.62.5d.
divo viśvasmāt sīm aghāyata uruṣyaḥ # TA.6.2.1c: divo is metrically superfluous. See viśvasmāt sīm aghā-.
divyaṃ chadmāsi saṃtatināma viśvajanasya chāyā # Lś.1.7.15. Cf. divaś chadmāsi.
divyam artham asādhayann iva # HG.1.15.8d.
divyaṃ bhayaṃ rakṣata dharmam udyatam # GB.1.5.24c.
divyayā saraghayā kṛtam # AVP.9.8.3b.
divyā āpa oṣadhayaḥ # TA.1.1.3b; 21.3b; 31.6b.
diśo 'nu sarvā abhayaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.1.5d.
diśo vṛtās tāś candramasā vṛtās tābhir vṛtābhir vartrībhir yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
dūto vakṣad yajathāya devān # RV.3.5.9d.
dūre pāre vāṇīṃ vardhayantaḥ # RV.2.11.8c.
dūṣyās tvāvadhaṃ bhayam # AVP.7.5.11a.
dṛḍhāsa āsann ahayaḥ # AVP.13.3.2a.
devatā bhayavitrastāḥ # RVKh.1.191.4c; Suparṇ.4.2c.
devatā vardhaya tvam # Vait.2.1a; Kś.2.2.8a,14; Apś.3.19.1a,4; Mś.5.2.15.10a; 5.2.16.14a.
devatrā yantam avase sakhāyaḥ (KS. -yam) # VS.6.20c; TS.1.3.10.1c; 6.3.11.2; MS.1.2.17c: 27.10; KS.3.7c; śB.3.8.3.37.
deva tvaṣṭar vardhaya sarvatātaye # AVś.6.3.3d.
devaṃ-devam avardhayat # VS.28.44c; TB.2.6.20.1b,5c.
devam indram avardhayat # VS.28.19c,20c,21b,22b,35b; TB.2.6.10.5c,6c,6b (bis).
deva ratha prati havyā gṛbhāya # RV.6.47.28d; AVś.6.125.3d; AVP.15.11.7d; VS.29.54d; TS.4.6.6.6d; MS.3.16.3d: 186.12; KSA.6.1d.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devā āśāpālā etaṃ devebhyo 'śvaṃ (MS. aśvaṃ) medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣata (TS.KSAṭB. gopāyata) # VS.22.19; TS.7.1.12.1; MS.3.12.4: 161.10; KSA.1.3; śB.13.1.6.2; 4.2.16; TB.3.8.9.3. P: devā āśāpālāḥ Kś.20.2.11; Apś.20.5.9; Mś.9.2.1.31.
devāñ janma prayasā vardhayantīḥ # RV.1.71.3d.
devān (read daivān) mā bhayād iti # SMB.2.2.7d. Cf. daivān mā bhayāt.
devān yakṣad yathāyatham # VS.21.58b; MS.3.11.5b: 148.4; TB.2.6.14.6b.
devān yajñena bodhaya (AVP. bodhayāt) # AVś.19.63.1b; AVP.1.71.4e.
devā vṛdhāya hūmahe # RV.8.83.6c.
devāso viśvadhāyasaḥ # AVś.3.22.2c; AVP.3.18.2c.
devīr devam avardhayan # TB.2.6.20.1b. See śucim indram.
devebhir mahayā giraḥ # RV.3.24.4b.
devo devam avardhayat # VS.28.42c,43c,45c; TB.2.6.20.4c,5c (bis).
devo na yaḥ pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyāḥ # RV.1.73.3a.
devo yan martān yajathāya kṛṇvan # RV.10.12.1c; AVś.18.1.29c.
daivān mā bhayāt pāhi # śś.2.14.4. Cf. devān mā.
daivān mā bhayād ajugupas tasmān mā pāhy eva # śś.2.15.2.
daivīḥ prāvantv oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.3.23.6d. See devīḥ prāvantv.
doṣāvastar aghāyataḥ # RV.7.15.15b.
dohena gām upa śikṣā sakhāyam # RV.10.42.2a; AVś.20.89.2a. P: dohena gām śś.5.10.8.
dyām indro haridhāyasam # RV.3.44.3a.
dyāvābhūmī carathaḥ saṃ sakhāyau # TA.1.10.2b.
dyumnaṃ sudatra maṃhaya # SV.1.366d. See dyumnā sukṣatra.
dyumnā sukṣatra maṃhaya # RV.5.38.1d. See dyumnaṃ sudatra.
dyaur no devy abhayaṃ no astu (MG. abhayaṃ kṛṇotu) # AG.1.2.11b (crit. notes); 2.4.14b; MG.2.8.6b. See śaṃ no dyaur abhayaṃ.
dyaur vṛtā sādityena vṛtā tayā vṛtayā vartryā yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
dvādaśa pradhayaś cakram ekam # RV.1.164.48a; AVś.10.8.4a; N.4.27.
dvādaśā iṣṭayā stomo ahnām # AVP.15.1.2c. Cf. trivṛn no viṣṭhayā.
dvāra indram avardhayan # VS.28.5b; TB.2.6.7.3b.
dvā suparṇā sayujā sakhāyā # RV.1.164.20a; AVś.9.9.20a; MuṇḍU.3.1.1a; N.14.30a.
dvitā ca sattā svadhayā ca śaṃbhuḥ # RV.3.17.5b; N.5.3.
dvipāc catuṣpāc carathāya jīvam # RV.4.51.5d.
dviṣantaṃ mahyaṃ (TB.Apś. mama) randhayan # RV.1.50.13c; TB.3.7.6.23c; Apś.4.15.1c. P: dviṣantam Rvidh.1.19.2,4.
dviḥ saṃ gṛbhāyāsmayuḥ # RV.8.70.12d.
dharṇasiṃ bhūridhāyasam # RV.9.26.3c.
dharmaṇe kaṃ svadhayā paprathanta # RV.10.88.1d; N.7.25d.
dhātā samudro abhayaṃ kṛṇotu # MG.2.8.6b. See prec.
dhānānāṃ na saṃ gṛbhāyāsmayuḥ # RV.8.70.12c.
dhīram adhīrā dhayati śvasantam # RV.1.179.4d.
dhruvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.34.
na ghāyaṃ (AVP. naghāyaṃ) puruṣo riṣat # AVś.19.39.2c,3c,4d; AVP.7.10.2c,3d,4d. Cf. māpa te pu-.
na ca vyāghrabhayaṃ na ca mṛtyubhayam # RVKh.10.142.10b (M"uller's edition).
na corabhayaṃ na ca sarpabhayam # RVKh.10.142.10a (M"uller's edition).
na chāyāṃ karavo 'param # AVś.13.1.56d,57d.
na tatra bhayam asti # AVś.4.19.2d; AVP.5.25.2d.
na tvad anyaḥ kavitaro na medhayā (AVP. na vedhāḥ) # AVś.5.11.4a; AVP.8.1.4a.
na tvā taranty oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.19.44.6c; AVP.1.100.1c; 15.3.6c.
na tvā pūrvā oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.19.34.7a; AVP.11.3.7a.
nama āśuṣeṇāya cāśurathāya ca # VS.16.34; TS.4.5.6.2; MS.2.9.6: 125.1; KS.17.14.
namaḥ kakubhāya niṣaṅgiṇe # VSK.17.2.4; TS.4.5.3.1. See namo niṣaṅgiṇe kakubhāya.
namaḥ kāṭyāya ca gahvareṣṭhāya (MS. -ṣṭhyāya) ca # VS.16.44; TS.4.5.9.1; MS.2.9.8: 126.12; KS.17.15.
namaḥ śīghryāya (TS. śīghriyāya) ca śībhyāya ca # VS.16.31; TS.4.5.5.2. See namaḥ śībhāya.
namaḥ śībhāya ca śīghrāya ca # MS.2.9.5: 124.14; KS.17.14. See namaḥ śīghryāya.
namas ta (MSṃś. tā) āyudhāya # VS.16.14a; MS.2.9.2a: 121.16; BṛhPDh.9.115. P: namas tā āyudhāyānātatāya Mś.11.7.1.4. See namas te astv āyudhāya, and namāṃsi.
namas te astv āyudhāya # TS.4.5.1.4a. See under namas ta āyu-.
namaḥ svāyudhāya ca sudhanvane ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; MS.2.9.7: 125.12; KS.17.14. P: namaḥ svāyudhāya Apś.17.11.4.
namāṃsi ta āyudhāya # AVP.14.4.2a; KS.17.11a; NīlarU.12a. See under namas ta āyu-.
na me bhītiḥ kadā cana # PrāṇāgU.2d. Cf. bhayaṃ cāpi.
namo agrevadhāya (MS.KS. 'grevadhāya) ca dūrevadhāya ca # VS.16.40; TS.4.5.8.1; MS.2.9.7: 126.3; KS.17.15.
namo gaṅgāyamunayor madhye ye vasanti te me prasannātmānaś ciraṃjīvitaṃ vardhayanti # TA.2.20.1.
namo 'gnaye 'pratividdhāya namaḥ # TS.1.5.10.1a.
namo grahāya cābhigrahāya ca # ApMB.2.7.21 (ApG.5.12.8); HG.1.10.4.
namo 'grevadhāya etc. # see namo agre-.
namo jyeṣṭhāya ca kaniṣṭhāya ca # VS.16.32; TS.4.5.6.1; KS.17.14. See prec.
namo jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāya vṛddhāyendrāya harikeśāyordhvaretase namaḥ # GDh.26.12.
namo niṣaṅgiṇe kakubhāya # VS.16.20; VSK.17.2.4; MS.2.9.3: 123.2; KS.17.12. See namaḥ kakubhāya.
namo nīlagrīvāya ca śitikaṇṭhāya ca # VS.16.28; TS.4.5.5.1; MS.2.9.5: 124.10. P: namo nīlagrīvāya Mś.11.7.1.4.
namo nīlagrīvāya śitikaṇṭhāya # GDh.26.12.
namo madhyamāya cāpagalbhāya ca # VS.16.32; TS.4.5.6.1. MS.2.9.6: 125.4; KS.17.14.
namo vaḥ pitaraḥ svadhāyai # VS.2.32; TS.3.2.5.5; TB.1.3.10.8; śś.4.5.1; SMB.2.3.10; GG.4.3.20; KhG.3.5.27. See svadhāyai ca, and svadhāyai vaḥ.
namo vṛddhāya ca savṛdhe (TS. saṃvṛdhvane; KS. savṛdhvane; MS. suvṛdhvane) ca # VS.16.30; TS.4.5.5.1; MS.2.9.5: 124.13; KS.17.14.
naro madema śaraṇe sakhāyaḥ # RV.7.19.8b; AVś.20.37.8b.
na vai tvā dviṣmo abhayaṃ no astu # AVś.19.14.1d.
na vo 'śvāḥ śrathayantāha sisrataḥ # RV.5.54.10c.
na svapnāya spṛhayanti # RV.8.2.18b; AVś.20.18.3b; SV.2.71b.
nahi grabhāyāraṇaḥ suśevaḥ # RV.7.4.8a; N.3.3a.
nāṃho aśnoti duritaṃ nakir bhayam # RV.10.39.11b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhāyābhiṣektāram # TB.3.4.1.8.
nāryamaṇaṃ puṣyati no sakhāyam # RV.10.117.6c; TB.2.8.8.3c.
nāsti sarpabhayaṃ haret # RVKh.1.191.8d.
nindā ca me 'nindā ca me tan ma ubhayaṃ vratam # ApMB.2.5.3 (ApG.4.10.18).
nirūḍhaṃ janyaṃ bhayam # JB.1.39; Apś.1.12.1.
nir daheto aghāyataḥ # AVP.7.3.2b.
nirbhaktaṃ prajā anutapyamānam # AVś.2.35.2b. See nirbhaktā bhāgād, prajā nirbhaktā, and vihāya prajām.
nivāta eṣām abhaye (Mś. abhayāḥ) syāma (PG. vasema) # TS.5.7.2.4d; KS.13.15e; Mś.1.6.4.21d; śG.4.18.1d; SMB.2.1.11d; PG.3.2.2d. See prec.
niṣādayanto yajathāya devāḥ # RV.3.19.5b.
niṣkevalyam uktham avyathāyai (TS. avyathayat; KS. avyathāya) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.13; TS.4.4.2.2; MS.2.8.9: 114.3; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.8.
nīcād uccā svadhayābhi (AVP. svadhā abhi) pra tasthau # AVP.5.2.3d; TS.2.3.14.6d; KS.10.13d. See nīcair uccaiḥ.
nūnam arca vihāyase # RV.8.23.24a.
nṛcakṣasaś cakṣuṣe randhayainam # RV.10.87.8d; AVś.8.3.8d.
nṛṣāhya indra kṣatrāṇi vardhayan # RV.8.37.7d.
nṛṣāhya indra brahmāṇi vardhayan # RV.8.36.7d.
ned eṣo asmān avahāya parāyat # MS.1.6.1d: 86.1. See under avahāya.
naicāśākhaṃ maghavan randhayā naḥ # RV.3.53.14d; N.6.32d.
ny ūṅkhayante adhi pakva āmiṣi # RV.10.94.3b.
pañca kṣitīr mānuṣīr bodhayantī # RV.7.79.1b.
pañca jātā vardhayantī # RV.6.61.12b.
pañca devā abhayasyeśata # AVP.1.27.3a.
patim indram avardhayan # VS.28.18b,41b; TB.2.6.10.4b; 20.4b.
patye saṃ śobhayāmasi # AVś.14.1.55d.
pade gṛbhāya māpade # AVP.1.47.2b.
padghoṣaiś chāyayā saha # AVś.5.21.8b.
panthāṃ svargam adhi rohayainam # AVś.11.1.30b.
payasvatīr (KS. payasvatīr āpa) oṣadhayaḥ # RV.10.17.14a; AVś.3.24.1a; 18.3.56a; AVP.5.30.1a; TS.1.5.10.2a; KS.35.4a; TB.3.7.4.7a; Mś.1.4.1.5a; Apś.4.2.3,9; 9.17.1. P: payasvatīḥ Kauś.21.1; 82.9. Cf. BṛhD.7.10.
payo dhayantv ahṛṇīyamānāḥ # AVP.5.16.5b.
payo mahyam oṣadhayaḥ # AVP.2.76.1a.
parame vṛkṣa āyudhaṃ nidhāya # VS.16.51c; TS.4.5.10.4c; KS.17.16c.
parācīṃ nirṛtiṃ nir vāhayāmi # ApMB.2.15.1b.
parā ṇudasva vyathayābhimātim # AVP.2.72.5a.
pari tvāsate nidhibhiḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.179.2c; AVś.7.72.2c.
pariśrita oṣadhayaḥ # Apś.16.3.14.
parītya bhūtāni parītya lokān (TAṃahānU. parītya lokān parītya bhūtāni) # VS.32.11a; TA.10.1.4a; MahānU.2.7a. See vidhāya lokān.
parītya sarvāḥ pradiśo diśaś ca # VS.32.11b; TA.10.1.4b; MahānU.2.7b. See vidhāya sarvāḥ.
pareṇa nākaṃ nihitaṃ guhāyām # TA.10.10.3c; MahānU.10.5c.
pare 'vara ubhayā amitrāḥ # RV.2.12.8b; AVś.20.34.8b; AVP.12.14.8b.
parjanyaṃ bhūridhāyasam (AVP.1.4.1b, bhūriretasam; AVś.1.3.1b, śatavṛṣṇyam) # AVś.1.2.1b; 3.1b; AVP.1.3.1b; 1.4.1b (also, with ūhas, indraṃ, varuṇaṃ, candraṃ and sūryaṃ, in place of parjanyaṃ; these ūhas are printed in Bhattacharya's edition as the first pāda of the following stanza).
parvataś cin mahi vṛddho bibhāya # RV.5.60.3a; TS.3.1.11.5a; MS.4.12.5a: 193.13; Aś.2.13.7. P: parvataś cit śś.3.15.15.
pavasva maṃhayadrayiḥ # RV.9.52.5c; 67.1c; SV.2.673c. P: pavasva Rvidh.3.2.6.
paśusani lokasany abhayasani (KSṭB. paśusany abhayasani lokasani) # VS.19.48d; MS.3.11.10d: 156.17; KS.38.2d; śB.12.8.1.22; TB.2.6.3.5d. See under abhayasani paśusani.
paśūnām ubhayādati # AVś.5.31.3b.
paśūn-paśūn yuddhāya saṃ śiśādhi # AVP.4.12.4b. See viśaṃ-viśaṃ yudhaye.
paścāt purastād abhayaṃ no astu # TB.3.1.1.11d.
paścān no abhayaṃ (AVP.12.6.5b, 'bhayaṃ) kṛtam # AVś.19.16.1b; 27.14b; AVP.10.8.4b; 12.6.5b.
pāvakaṃ kṛṣṇavartaniṃ vihāyasam # RV.8.23.19c.
pāvamānāḥ pāvamānyaḥ, and pāvamānyāḥ # GDh.19.12; 20.12; ViDh.56.8; VāDh.22.9; 28.11; BDh.2.4.7.2; 10.17.37; 4.3.8; 7.5; MDh.5.86; 11.258; LHDh.4.30; VHDh.2.118; 5.334,437,502; 6.71,378,400,412; 7.252,283; SaṃvartaDh.224; BṛhPDh.5.250; LAtDh.2.4; 3.11; VAtDh.2.4; 3.11; Rvidh.1.3.5; 2.35.7; 3.4.1; 4.25.1. Designations of RV.9.1.1 ff. See svādiṣṭhayā.
pitara āyuṣmantas te svadhayāyuṣmantaḥ (PG. svadhābhir āyuṣ-) # TS.2.3.10.3; PG.1.16.6.
pitṛyāṇaiḥ saṃ va ā rohayāmi # AVś.18.4.1b.
pitryān mā bhayāt pāhi # śś.2.14.3.
pitryān mā bhayād ajugupas tasmān mā pāhy eva # śś.2.15.4.
putraḥ pramudito dhayan # VS.19.11b; śB.12.7.3.21b; TB.3.7.12.4b.
punar utthāya bahulā bhavantu # TB.3.7.4.10d; Apś.1.5.5d.
punar dohāya kalpatām # TB.3.7.4.17d; Apś.1.13.10d.
punar yuvānaṃ carathāya takṣathuḥ # RV.10.39.4b; N.4.19.
punar yuvānā carathāya takṣatha # RV.4.36.3d.
punarvasū haviṣā vardhayantī # TB.3.1.1.4c.
punānasya saṃyato yanti raṃhayaḥ # RV.9.86.47b.
puraṃdarāya vṛṣabhāya dhṛṣṇave # TB.3.1.2.2a.
purāṃ cyautnāya śayathāya nū cit # RV.6.18.8d.
purāṇy asmān mahābhayāt # AB.8.27.4.
purā hantor bhayamāno vy āra # RV.3.30.10b; N.6.2b.
purīṣaṃ vasānaḥ svāṃ yoniṃ yathāyatham # Apś.16.25.2d. See prec.
purukṣuṃ viśvadhāyasam # RV.8.5.15c; 7.13b.
puruścandraṃ yajataṃ viśvadhāyasam # RV.5.8.1c.
puruṣo me kāmān samardhayatu # TB.3.11.5.3.
purohitena vo rāṣṭraṃ prathayantu devāḥ # AVP.10.4.6d.
pūrvam anyam aparam anyaṃ pādāv ava nenije devā rāṣṭrasya guptyā abhayasyāvaruddhyai # AB.8.27.8. See prec. Quasi metrical.
pūrvīr eko adhayat pīpyānāḥ # RV.3.1.10b.
pṛkṣā iva mahayantaḥ surātayaḥ # RV.10.65.4c.
pṛṇantas te kukṣī vardhayantu # RV.2.11.11c.
pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyasam # AVś.12.1.27c; AVP.1.3.1d.
pṛthivī vṛtā sāgninā vṛtā tayā vṛtayā vartryā yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
pṛthivyā mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 117.18.
pṛśnisakthās (KSA. -sakthayas) trayo haimantikāḥ # TS.5.6.23.1; KSA.10.3.
petvas teṣām ubhayādam (read -dan ?) # AVś.5.19.2c. See yetvas.
pauruṣeyād ayaṃ bhayāt # AVś.10.3.4b.
pauruṣeyād bhayān no daṇḍa rakṣa viśvasmād bhayād rakṣa # HG.1.11.8.
pra"ugam uktham avyathāyai (KS. avyathāya; TS. avyathayat) stabhnātu (MS. stabhnotu) # VS.15.11; TS.4.4.2.1; MS.2.8.9: 113.11; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.6.
pra kṣodasā dhāyasā sasra eṣā # RV.7.95.1a; MS.4.14.7a: 225.17; AB.5.16.11; KB.26.8,15; Aś.3.7.6; 8.9.2. P: pra kṣodasā śś.6.10.2; 10.9.4; 11.5. Cf. BṛhD.6.19.
prajāpataye devebhya ṛṣibhyaḥ śraddhāyai medhāyai sadasaspataye 'numataye # PG.2.10.9.
prajāpatiḥ prajayā vardhayantu # AVś.14.2.13d.
prajāpatiḥ prathamajā ṛtasya # AVś.12.1.61d; AVP.2.60.2b; MS.4.14.1c: 216.3; TB.2.8.1.4c; TA.1.23.9c; 2.6.1b; 10.1.4c; MahānU.2.7c. See under upasthāya prathama-, and cf. prajāpatiṃ prathamajām.
prajāpatiṃ haviṣā vardhayantī # TB.3.1.1.2c.
prajāpatiṃ te prajananavantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyavo dhruvāyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.9; AVP.7.17.9.
prajāpatir mā prajananavān saha pratiṣṭhayā dhruvāyā diśaḥ pātu # AVś.19.17.9; AVP.7.16.9.
prajāpatiṣ ṭvārohatu vāyuḥ preṅkhayatu # śś.17.16.7.
prajāṃ (VSK. rayiṃ) puṣṭiṃ vardhayamāno asme # VS.9.25d; VSK.10.5.2d; TS.1.7.10.1d; MS.1.11.4d: 165.1; KS.14.2d; śB.5.2.2.7d.
prajā vṛtās tāḥ prāṇena vṛtās tābhir vṛtābhir vartrībhir yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā # AG.3.11.1.
prati samrāḍ ahṛṇāno gṛbhāya # RV.10.116.7b.
prati stomaṃ śasyamānaṃ gṛbhāya # RV.4.4.15b; TS.1.2.14.6b; MS.4.11.5b: 174.7; KS.6.11b.
pratīcīnaḥ sahure viśvadhāyaḥ (AVś.AVP. viśvadāvan) # RV.10.83.6b; AVś.4.32.6b; AVP.4.32.6b.
pratīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ādadhāmi # AVś.18.3.32.
pra te yachāmi madhuman makhāya # śG.1.24.4a. See pra te dadāmi.
pratnavadbhiḥ prattaḥ svadhayā # AG.4.7.11c.
pratnāsa āsuḥ purukṛt sakhāyaḥ # RV.6.21.5b.
pratyādāyāpara iṣvā # AVś.10.1.27b. Read pratyādhāyā-.
pratyūḍhaṃ janyaṃ bhayam # JB.1.39; Apś.6.6.10; Mś.1.6.1.22.
praty eva gṛbhāyata # AVś.20.135.10d; AB.6.35.21e; GB.2.6.14d; JB.2.117d. See pra tveva.
pra tveva gṛbhāyata # śś.12.19.3e. See praty eva.
prathamaṃ jambhayāmasi # AVś.4.3.4b; AVP.2.8.5b.
pra nabhasva pṛthivi # AVś.7.18.1a. P: pra nabhasva Kauś.41.1; 103.3. See un nambhaya.
pra pādau na yathāyati # AVś.19.49.10a; AVP.14.8.10a.
pra preṅkha īṅkhayāvahai śubhe kam # RV.7.88.3d.
pra babhrave vṛṣabhāya śvitīce # RV.2.33.8a; Aś.3.8.1.
pra bodhaya jaritar jāram indram # RV.10.42.2b; AVś.20.89.2b.
pra bodhayā puraṃdhim # RV.1.134.3d.
pra maṃhiṣṭhāya gāyata ṛtāvne # RV.8.103.8a; SV.1.107a; 2.228a. Ps: pra maṃhiṣṭhāya gāyata JB.3.55,225a; PB.12.6.1; Aś.7.8.1; śś.12.10.7; pra maṃhiṣṭhāya Svidh.2.6.14. Fragments: pra, pra JB.1.182.
pra maṃhiṣṭhāya bṛhate bṛhadraye # RV.1.57.1a; AVś.20.15.1a; KB.30.9; GB.2.4.16; Vait.25.7. P: pra maṃhiṣṭhāya Aś.6.1.2; 8.6.13; śś.12.25.2,4.
pra medhiraḥ svadhayā pinvate padam # RV.9.68.4b.
pra yat sindhavaḥ prasavaṃ yathāyan (TB. yad āyan) # RV.3.36.6a; TB.2.4.3.11a.
prayamyamānān prati ṣū gṛbhāya # RV.3.36.2c; TB.2.4.3.12c.
pra yātana sakhīṃr achā sakhāyaḥ # RV.1.165.13b; MS.4.11.3b: 170.2; KS.9.18b.
praroheṇa prarohāya prarohaṃ jinva # MS.2.8.8: 112.15. See next.
pra vaḥ śardhāya ghṛṣvaye # RV.1.37.4a.
pra vaḥ sakhāyo agnaye # RV.6.16.22a; KS.7.16a. P: pra vaḥ sakhāyaḥ śś.12.10.3.
pra śardhāya prayajyave sukhādaye # RV.5.87.1c; SV.1.462c.
pra śardhāya mārutāya svabhānavaḥ # RV.5.54.1a; KB.22.1; Aś.2.11.14. P: pra śardhāya śś.10.2.9.
praśastibhir mahayase dive-dive # RV.6.15.2d.
prasarsrāṇam anu dīrghāya cakṣase # AVś.6.39.1c.
pra sū nayanta gṛbhayanta iṣṭau # RV.1.148.3c.
prastareṣṭhāḥ paridheyāś (VSK. paridhayaś) ca devāḥ # VS.2.18b; VSK.2.4.6b; KS.1.12b; śB.1.8.3.25. See next.
prācī diśāṃ sahayaśā yaśasvatī # AVP.15.1.5a; TS.4.4.12.2a; MS.3.16.4a: 188.6; KS.22.14a; Aś.4.12.2a.
prācyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.30. P: prācyāṃ tvā diśi Kauś.80.53.
prāñcaṃ yajñaṃ pra ṇayatā sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.101.2d.
prāṇāya bhūridhāyase # AVś.6.41.2b.
prāṇe niviṣṭo 'mṛtaṃ (HG. niviśyāmṛtaṃ) juhomi # TA.10.33.1; 34.1; MahānU.15.8,9; HG.2.11.5; ApMB.2.20.26 (ApG.8.21.9); BDh.2.7.12.3. A variant, TA.10.34.1 reads, śraddhāyāṃ prāṇe etc. See under amṛtaṃ ca prāṇe.
prātaryujā vi bodhaya # RV.1.22.1a; TB.2.4.3.13a; Aś.5.5.12; N.12.4a. P: prātaryujā Aś.4.15.2; śś.6.6.2; 7.2.8; 11.7.4. See next.
prādāḥ (SMB. -dāt) pitṛbhyaḥ svadhayā te akṣan # RV.10.15.12c; AVś.18.3.42c; VS.19.66c; TS.2.6.12.5c; Apś.1.10.14c; SMB.2.3.17c.
prāsahād iti riṣṭir iti muktir iti mukṣīyamāṇaḥ sarvaṃ bhayaṃ nudasva svāhā # MG.1.13.15. Cf. next.
prāsahād itīṣṭir asy aditir eva mṛtyuṃdhayam (read mṛtyuṃjayam ?) # VārG.15.11. Cf. prec.
priyaṃ sakhāyaṃ pariṣasvajānā # RV.6.75.3b; AVP.15.10.3b; VS.29.40b; TS.4.6.6.1b; MS.3.16.3b: 185.14; KSA.6.1b; N.9.18b.
priyāṇy aṅgāni tava vardhayantīḥ # TB.3.7.13.3b. See under aṅgā parūṃṣi.
priyā sakhāyā vi mucopa barhiḥ # RV.3.43.1c.
preṣyāntevāsino vasanaṃ kambalāni kaṃsaṃ hiraṇyaṃ striyo rājāno 'nnam abhayam āyuḥ kīrtir varco yaśo balaṃ brahmavarcasam annādyam ity etāni mayi sarvāṇi dhruvāṇy acyutāni santi # HG.1.22.14.
praiṇān vṛkṣasya śākhayā # AVś.3.6.8c; AVP.3.3.8c.
phalavatyo (MS.KSA. -vatīr) na oṣadhayaḥ pacyantām # VS.22.22; MS.3.12.6: 162.10; KSA.5.14; śB.13.1.9.10. See phalinyo.
phalinyo na oṣadhayaḥ pacyantām # TS.7.5.18.1; TB.3.8.13.3. See phalavatyo.
barhiṣadaḥ svadhayā ye sutasya # MS.4.10.6c: 157.1. See barhiṣado ye.
barhiṣado ye svadhayā sutasya # RV.10.15.3c; AVś.18.1.45c; VS.19.56c; TS.2.6.12.3c; KS.21.14c; AB.3.37.16. See barhiṣadaḥ svadhayā.
barhiṣmate ni sahasrāṇi barhayaḥ # RV.1.53.6d; AVś.20.21.6d.
barhiṣmate randhayā śāsad avratān # RV.1.51.8b.
bādhatāṃ dveṣo abhayaṃ (AVś.7.91.1c, abhayaṃ naḥ) kṛṇotu # RV.6.47.12c; 10.131.6c; AVś.7.91.1c; 20.125.6c; VS.20.51c; TS.1.7.13.4c; MS.4.12.5c: 191.5; KS.8.16c. See bādhetāṃ etc.
bādhetāṃ dveṣo abhayaṃ kṛṇutām # TB.3.1.1.5c. See bādhatāṃ etc.
bījaṃ sahasravalliśaṃ suruhārohayantī # AVP.11.14.1d.
bṛhati stabhāya # śG.3.3.1. See antarikṣe bṛhati.
bṛhantaṃ cid ṛhate randhayāni # RV.10.28.9c.
bṛhaspatiḥ purodhayā # TA.3.8.2. See bṛhaspatiṃ purodhayā.
bṛhaspatiṃ vardhayā navyam arkaiḥ # RV.1.190.1b; N.6.23.
bṛhaspatiṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ vardhayantaḥ # RV.10.67.10c; AVś.20.91.10c; MS.4.12.1c: 178.2.
bṛhaspatiṃ te viśvadevavantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyava ūrdhvāyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.10; AVP.7.17.10.
bṛhaspatiṃ purodhayā # Mś.9.3.3.25. See bṛhaspatiḥ purodhayā.
bṛhaspatir no maha ā sakhāyaḥ # RV.7.97.2b.
bṛhaspatir va ubhayā na mṛḍāt # RV.10.108.6d.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (TS.Apś. -tis tvā) sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya (MS. adds vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya) # TS.4.4.6.1; MS.2.7.16: 99.7. Ps: bṛhaspatis tvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm Apś.16.24.7; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe MS.4.9.15: 134.12; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu Mś.6.1.7.19. See prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛṣṭhe.
bṛhaspate devanido ni barhaya # RV.2.23.8c.
bṛhaspate savitar bodhayainam (AVś. vardhayainam) # AVś.7.16.1a; VS.27.8a; TS.4.1.7.3a; MS.2.12.5a: 149.8; KS.18.16a; Apś.16.7.6. P: bṛhaspate savitaḥ Kauś.59.18; Vait.5.9.
brahmaṇaḥ kośo 'si medhayāpihitaḥ # TA.7.4.1; TU.1.4.1. See brahmakośo.
brahmaṇyato vīra kārudhāyaḥ # RV.6.21.8b.
brahmann aśvaṃ (TB.Apś. aśvaṃ medhyaṃ) bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.2; śB.13.1.2.4; TB.3.8.3.1; Apś.20.3.3. P: brahmann aśvaṃ bhantsyāmi Kś.20.1.27; Mś.9.2.1.16.
brahmamedhayā madhumedhayā brahma me 'va madhumedhayā # TA.10.49.1; MahānU.17.7.
brahma yajñaṃ ca vardhaya # RV.10.141.6b; AVś.3.20.5b; AVP.3.34.8b; SV.2.855b.
brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavany upa dadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya badhāya # VS.1.17,18 (bis); śB.1.2.1.7,10.
brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya (JG. adds svāhā) # AG.1.10.12d; HG.1.2.11d; JG.1.3c.
brahma santaṃ brahmaṇā vardhayanti # AVś.13.1.33d; TB.2.8.8.9d.
brahmāṇa (MS. -ṇā) indraṃ mahayanto arkaiḥ # RV.5.31.4c; SV.1.439a; TS.1.6.12.6c; MS.4.12.2c: 182.8; KS.8.16c.
bhadraṃ no abhayaṃ vada # RVKh.2.43.2d; Kauś.46.54d.
bhayaṃ parastād abhayaṃ te arvāk # AVś.8.1.10d.
bhayāya ca tvābhayāya ca paridadāmi # Kauś.56.13.
bhāsāketuṃ vardhayanti # RV.10.20.3b.
bhuvo brahma prāṇam amṛtaṃ prapadyate 'yam asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye, saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ # AB.8.11.2.
bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyad abhayaṃ (PG. akṛtad) viśvam astu me # AG.2.4.14c; PG.3.3.6c. See next but one.
bhūtāya tvā nārātaye # VS.1.11; śB.1.1.2.10. P: bhūtāya tvā Kś.2.3.23. See under gopīthāya vo.
bhūmiṃ gacha mahāyaśāḥ # RVKh.1.191.2d,7d.
bhūmiś ca viśvadhāyasaṃ bibharti # RV.7.4.5d.
bhūmyām ukhāyāṃ yad ivāsasañja # AVP.5.13.5b.
bhūyāsam asya svadhayā prayoge # RVKh.10.151.9d.
bhūyo-bhūyo rayim id asya vardhayan # RV.6.28.2c; AVś.4.21.2c; TB.2.8.8.11c.
bhūrikarmaṇe vṛṣabhāya vṛṣṇe # RV.1.103.6a.
bhūr brahma prāṇam amṛtaṃ prapadyate 'yam asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye, saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ # AB.8.11.1.
bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ satyaṃ tapaḥ śraddhāyāṃ juhomi # ApDh.1.4.12.5.
maṃhiṣṭham ubhayāvinam # RV.8.1.2d; AVś.20.85.2d; SV.2.711d.
makhāya tvā # VS.37.3,4,5,6 (ter),7 (ter),8 (sexies),9 (sexies),10 (ter),11; MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.2,3,4,6; 4.9.3: 123.7; śB.14.1.2.9--11,13,14,17,19--21,25; 3.5; TA.4.2.3 (bis),4,5; 5.1; 5.2.7; 4.1; KA.1.9--13; 2.74; Apś.15.1.10; 6.4; Mś.4.1.10; --4.2.14. P: makhāya Kś.26.1.9,11,14,15,16,22,24,26.
matiṃ viprasya vardhayad vivakṣase # RV.10.25.10d.
matsvā madaṃ puruvāraṃ maghāya # ā.5.2.1.10b.
madanti devā ubhayāni havyā # AVś.7.109.2d. See madantu etc.
madantu devā ubhayāni havyā # AVP.4.9.3d. See madanti etc.
madhumatīr oṣadhayaḥ # AVP.4.20.4a.
madhye divaḥ svadhayā mādayante (RV.1.108.12b, mādayethe) # RV.1.108.12b; 10.15.14b; AVś.18.2.35b; VS.19.60b.
manunā kṛtā svadhayā vitaṣṭā # TS.1.1.2.1b; MS.1.1.2b: 1.6; 4.1.2: 2.17; KS.1.2b; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.2b.
mano gṛbhāyauṣadhe # AVś.2.30.4d; AVP.2.17.4d.
mano rājānam iha vardhayantaḥ # TB.3.12.3.4c.
manmā dīdhyānā utā naḥ sakhāyā # MS.4.9.12b: 133.7. See under anvādīdhyāthām.
mama svanāt kṛdhukarṇo bhayāte # RV.10.27.5c.
mayā prattaṃ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1b,1d (bis),2d. See under tayā prattaṃ.
mayeṣitau vi sṛjatāṃ vadhāya # AVP.8.9.13d.
marutāṃ ca vihāyasām # TS.1.27.6d.
marutvatīyam uktham avyathāyai (KS. -thāya; TS. -thayat) stabhnātu (MS. -notu) # VS.15.12; TS.4.4.2.2; MS.2.8.9: 113.16; KS.17.8; śB.8.6.1.7.
marutvanto matsarā indriyā hayāḥ # RV.9.107.25c; SV.1.522c.
martaṃ śaṃsaṃ viśvadhā veti dhāyase # RV.1.141.6d.
marto vadhāya dāśati # RV.6.16.31b.
marya iva yoṣām adhi rohayainām # AVś.14.2.37c.
maryaśrī (MS. -śrīḥ; KS. -śrīs) spṛhayadvarṇo agniḥ # RV.2.10.5c; VS.11.24c; TS.4.1.2.5c; 5.1.3.3; MS.2.7.2c: 76.6; KS.16.2c; śB.6.3.3.20.
maśakān yad aghāyavaḥ # Apś.21.12.3b.
mahat sa kasmād abhayaṃ bibhāya # AVP.13.8.4c.
mahān mahī astabhāyad (AVś.AVP.KS. aska-) vi jātaḥ # AVś.4.1.4c; AVP.5.2.4a; TS.2.3.14.6a; KS.10.13a; AB.1.19.3; Aś.4.6.3a.
mahi kṣāman rajasī vi ṣkabhāyati # AVP.5.2.6b. See mahī kṣemaṃ.
mahī kṣemaṃ rodasī askabhāyat # AVś.4.1.4b. See mahi kṣāman.
mahī mātā duhitur bodhayantī # RV.5.47.1b.
mahe no adya bodhaya # RV.5.79.1a; SV.1.421a; 2.1090a; Svidh.3.7.1. Ps: mahe no adya Aś.4.14.2; mahe naḥ śś.6.5.14. Cf. BṛhD.5.88.
mātā putrair aditir dhāyase veḥ # RV.1.72.9d.
mā te gṛdhnur aviśastātihāya # RV.1.162.20c; VS.25.43c; TS.4.6.9.4c; KSA.6.5c.
mā te bhayaṃ jaritāraṃ yaviṣṭha # RV.1.189.4c.
mā te sakhāyaḥ sadam id riṣāma # RV.4.12.5c; MS.4.11.1c: 162.10; KS.2.15c.
mā tvā prāpann aghāyavaḥ # śG.3.3.1d; ApMB.2.15.3d. See ā tvā etc.
mā tvā vṛkā aghāyavo vidan (TS. vṛkā aghāyavaḥ) # VS.4.34; TS.1.2.9.1e; MS.1.2.6d: 15.14; 3.7.8: 87.1; KS.2.7; śB.3.3.4.14.
mā naḥ kāmaṃ mahayantam ā dhak # RV.1.178.1c.
mānuṣān mā bhayāt pāhi # śś.2.14.2.
mānuṣān mā bhayād ajugupas tasmān mā pāhy eva # śś.2.15.5.
mā no agne 'va (MG. vi) sṛjo aghāya # RV.1.189.5a; AG.2.1.6; MG.2.16.3a.
mā no vadhāya hatnave # RV.1.25.2a.
māpa te puruṣo riṣat # AVP.4.22.5d. Cf. na ghāyaṃ pu-.
mā pratiṣṭhāyāś chitsmahi # TA.4.42.1.
mā mānuṣīr avasṛṣṭā vadhāya # AVś.17.1.28d.
mā mā prāpad ato bhayam # Apś.14.26.1d.
mā māṃ prāṇo hāsīn mo apāno 'vahāya parā gāt # AVś.16.4.3.
mā vayam etam avahāya parāgāma # KS.7.12e.
mā vaḥ śivā oṣadhayo mūlaṃ hiṃsiṣam # MS.1.1.10: 5.16. P: mā vaḥ śivā oṣadhayaḥ Mś.1.2.4.14.
mā so asmāṃ avahāya parā gāt # TS.5.7.9.1d. See under avahāya.
mitra sādhayataṃ dhiyaḥ # RV.7.66.3c; JB.3.244c.
mitvā śiśuṃ jajñatur vardhayantī # RV.10.5.3b.
mitho yāt tyāgam ubhayāso agman # RV.4.24.3c.
mukhaṃ hi mama śobhaya # ApMB.2.8.9c. See mukhaṃ ca.
mukhaṃ ca mama śobhaya # HG.1.11.4c. See mukhaṃ hi.
mumucānā oṣadhayaḥ # AVś.8.7.16a.
mṛtyor me 'bhayaṃ svasti me 'stu # Apś.6.7.2.
mṛdho vy āsthad abhayaṃ no astu # TB.2.5.2.1b. See vy āsthan mṛdho abhayaṃ.
meteva dhūmaṃ stabhayad upa dyām # RV.4.6.2d.
medhyaṃ sātrājito hayam # śB.13.5.4.21b.
maiṣo asmān avahāya parāgāt # KS.7.12d. See under avahāya.
ya āturaṃ randhayante # AVP.3.22.4a.
ya indrāgnī asanaṃ sakhāyau # KS.40.9d. See yo agnīṣomāv ajuṣe.
ya imaṃ yajñaṃ svadhayā dadante (śś. bhajante) # VS.8.61b; TS.1.5.10.4b; śś.13.12.13b. See under imaṃ yajñaṃ svadhayā.
ya īṅkhayanti parvatān # RV.1.19.7a; AVP.6.17.7a.
ya utthāya kilbiṣe # AVP.8.15.13a.
ya udṛcīndra devagopāḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.1.53.11a; AVś.20.21.11a. P: ya udṛci Vait.26.7.
ya ṛtena sūryam ārohayan divi # RV.10.62.3a.
ya etasyai diśaḥ parābhavann aghāyavaḥ # TA.6.9.1c.
yaṃ vardhayanti puṣṭayaś ca nityāḥ # RV.2.27.12b.
yaṃ vardhayantīd giraḥ # RV.6.44.5a.
yakṣadṛśo na śubhayanta maryāḥ # RV.7.56.16b; TS.4.3.13.7b; MS.4.10.5b: 155.6; KS.21.13b.
yac chayānaḥ paryāvarte # AVś.12.1.34a. P: yac chayānaḥ Kauś.24.30.
yajamānaṃ ca vardhaya # AVś.19.63.1d.
yajamānam avardhayan # VS.20.73d; MS.3.11.4d: 146.6; KS.38.9d; TB.2.6.13.3d.
yajurbhir evobhayatotharvāṅgirobhir guptābhir guptai stuta # GB.2.2.14.
yajña indram avardhayat # RV.8.14.5a; AVś.20.27.5a; SV.1.121a; 2.989a; Vait.39.13.
yajñam imaṃ vardhayatā giraḥ # AVś.19.1.1c,2c. Cf. under asya vardhayatā.
yajñam imaṃ catasraḥ pradiśo vardhayantu # AVś.19.1.3c.
yajñasya dhāma paramaṃ guhā yat (JB. guhāyām, but read perhaps as RV.) # RV.10.181.2b; JB.1.277a.
yata indra bhayāmahe # RV.8.61.13a; AVś.19.15.1a; AVP.3.35.1a; SV.1.274a; 2.671a; JB.3.264a; PB.15.4.3a; TB.3.7.11.4a; TA.10.1.9a; Aś.7.4.4; śś.6.13.3; 12.5.20; Apś.3.12.1a; 9.12.8; śG.1.4.2; 6.5.6; JG.2.7; MahānU.20.4a; Svidh.2.3.4. P: yataḥ Rvidh.2.33.4.
yato bhayam abhayaṃ tat kṛdhī naḥ # Apś.14.17.1c. See next.
yato bhayam abhayaṃ tan (KS.35.1c, abhayatvaṃ) no astu (AVś. asti, by misprint) # AVś.19.3.4c; AVP.1.73.4c; KS.7.12c; 35.1c; TB.1.2.1.9c; Apś.5.5.8c; Mś.1.5.1.16c. See prec.
yat prāṅ pratyaṅ svadhayā yāsi śībham # AVś.13.2.3a.
yatra devāṃ ṛghāyataḥ # RV.4.30.5a.
yatrā bhayante bhuvanā svardṛśaḥ # RV.7.83.2c.
yatrauṣadhīḥ samagmata # RV.10.97.6a; VS.12.80a. See yad oṣadhayaḥ.
yat sakhāyaṃ dudhūrṣati # AVś.20.128.2b; śś.12.20.2.3b.
yat saptānnāni medhayā # śB.14.4.3.1a,2a; BṛhU.1.5.1a,2a.
yat sabhāyāṃ yad indriye # VS.3.45b; 20.17b; TS.1.8.3.1b; MS.1.10.2b: 141.14; KS.9.4b; 38.5b; śB.2.5.2.25; 12.9.2.3; TB.2.6.6.2b.
yat sūryaṃ divy ārohayanti # RV.4.13.2d.
yat sūryo na rodasī avardhayat # RV.8.12.7c.
yat stotāraṃ jighāṃsasi sakhāyam # RV.7.86.4b.
yathāgamaprajñāśrutismṛtivibhavād anukrāntamānād avivādapratiṣṭhād abhayaṃ śaṃ bhave no astu # śG.6.6.16.
yathā cin no abodhayaḥ # RV.5.79.1c; SV.1.421c; 2.1090c.
yathā tvam arapā asaḥ # AVP.1.28.2c. See yathāyam agado, and yathāyam arapā.
yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1. Cf. dyaur darvir.
yathādhuraṃ (KS. -dhūran, corrupt) dhuro (KS. dhūro, corrupt) dhūrbhiḥ kalpantām # KS.3.9; 28.1; Mś.2.3.2.22. See yathāyathaṃ dhuro.
yathāyaṃ vāho aśvinā # AVś.6.102.1a. P: yathāyaṃ vāhaḥ Kauś.35.21.
yathā vāto yathā vanam # RV.5.78.8a; N.3.15a. See under yathāyaṃ vāyur.
yathā vāyur akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.15; HG.2.13.1. Cf. antarikṣaṃ darvir.
yathā śardhāya vītaye # RV.9.104.3b; SV.2.509b.
yathāsac chatahāyanaḥ # AVś.8.7.22d.
yathāsitaḥ prathayate vaśāṃ anu # AVś.6.72.1a. P: yathāsitaḥ Kauś.40.16.
yathā hotar abhayam asat tathā kuru # KB.9.4.
yathedam ud iva sphāyātai # AVP.8.11.11c.
yathaiva somaḥ (HG. vāyuḥ) pavate # ApMB.2.11.16a (ApG.6.14.14); HG.2.3.1a. See under yathāyaṃ vāyur.
yad arāyehāyasi # AVP.2.67.4a.
yad aryaman bhaya ā cin mayobhu # RV.2.27.5b.
yad arvācīnaṃ traihāyaṇāt (AVP. -nam ekahāyanāt) # AVś.10.5.22a; AVP.9.22.4a. P: yad arvācīnam Kauś.46.50.
yad asyorviyā dīrghayāthe # RV.5.45.9b.
yadi kāḥ kālikād bhayam # RVKh.7.55.5b.
yadī sakhāyā sakhyāya somaiḥ # RV.4.41.3c.
yaded astambhīt prathayann amūṃ divam # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).8c.
yadottamat tantubaddhāya nāvadvāsaḥ pūrvayāvat pururūpapeśaḥ # AVP.15.6.6ab.
yad oṣadhayaḥ saṃgachante (AVP.KS. samagmata) # AVP.11.6.9a; TS.4.2.6.2a; MS.2.7.13a: 93.11; 4.14.6: 224.5; KS.16.13a. See yatrauṣadhīḥ.
yad dha śuṣṇasya dambhayaḥ # RV.10.22.11c.
yad brāhmaṇāḥ saṃyajante sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.71.8b; N.13.13b.
yad yodhayā mahato manyamānān # RV.7.98.4a; AVś.20.87.4a.
yad vardhayantaṃ prathayantam ānuṣak # RV.10.49.6c.
yan nīkṣaṇaṃ māṃspacanyā ukhāyāḥ # RV.1.162.13a; VS.25.36a; TS.4.6.9.1a; MS.3.16.1a: 183.4; KSA.6.4a.
yavenauṣadhīḥ (KS. -dhayaḥ) # TS.7.3.14.1; KS.35.15; KSA.3.4.
yas tad vedobhayaṃ saha # VS.40.11b,14b; īśāU.11b,14b; MU.7.9b.
yas tātṛṣāṇa ubhayāya janmane # RV.1.31.7c.
yas tityāja sacividaṃ sakhāyam # RV.10.71.6a; ā.3.2.4.3a; TA.1.3.1a; 2.15.1a.
yas tvā kṛtye prajighāya (AVP.7.1.6a, pratighāya) # AVP.2.38.3a; 7.1.6a.
yasminn ārohayāmasi # AVP.1.69.4b.
yasmai kāmāya khāyase # AVP.1.43.3b.
yasya chāyāmṛtaṃ yasya mṛtyuḥ # RV.10.121.2c; AVś.4.2.2c; AVP.4.1.2c; VS.25.13c; TS.4.1.8.4c; 7.5.17.1c; MS.2.13.23c: 168.10; KS.40.1c; NṛpU.2.4c.
yasya yoniṃ patireto gṛbhāya (HG. prati reto gṛhāṇa) # śG.1.19.12a; HG.1.25.1a. See vy asya yoniṃ.
yasyeme lokāḥ svadhayā samaktāḥ # AVP.6.22.11b.
yasyauṣadhīḥ (AVP. -ṣadhayaḥ) prasarpatha # RV.10.97.12a; AVP.11.7.2a; VS.12.86a. See under yasya yava.
yā oṣadhayaḥ prathamajāḥ # MS.2.7.13a: 93.1; KS.16.13a; Mś.3.8.3; 6.1.6.1. P: yā oṣadhayaḥ MS.4.14.6: 224.4; Mś.11.3.4; MG.1.5.5; 16.1; 23.18; 2.6.5; VārG.4.3; 14.6. See yā oṣadhīḥ pūrvā, and yā jātā oṣadhayaḥ.
yā oṣadhayaḥ somarājñīḥ # AVś.6.96.1a; AVP.11.7.5a; TS.4.2.6.4a; TB.2.8.4.8; PrāṇāgU.1a. P: yā oṣadhayaḥ Kauś.31.22. See yā oṣadhīḥ etc.
yā oṣadhayo yā nadyaḥ # AVś.14.2.7a; ApMB.1.7.9a (ApG.2.6.5). P: yā oṣadhayaḥ Kauś.77.11.
yā oṣadhīḥ pūrvā jātāḥ # RV.10.97.1a; VS.12.75a; KS.13.16a; śB.7.2.4.26; N.9.28a. Ps: yā oṣadhīḥ pūrvāḥ śś.9.28.7; yā oṣadhīḥ Kś.17.3.8; Rvidh.3.42.8. Cf. BṛhD.7.154. See under yā oṣadhayaḥ prathamajāḥ.
yā oṣadhīḥ somarājñīḥ # RV.10.97.18a,19a; VS.12.92a,93a; AB.8.27.5a,6a; SMB.2.8.3a,4a. P: yā oṣadhīḥ GG.4.10.6; KhG.4.4.8. See yā oṣadhayaḥ etc.
yāḥ preṅkhe preṅkhayanta uta yā nu ghorāḥ # AVP.5.9.6b. Cf. next.
yāḥ preṅkhe preṅkhayante # AVP.15.19.1a. Cf. prec.
yāṃ vāṃ hotrāṃ parihinomi medhayā # RV.7.104.6c; AVś.8.4.6c.
yā jātā oṣadhayaḥ # AVP.11.6.1a; TS.4.2.6.1a; TB.2.8.4.8; 3.7.4.9a; Apś.1.5.5a; 14.21.1; 16.19.11. See under yā oṣadhayaḥ prathama-.
yā jātāḥ śakadhūme sabhāyām # AVP.1.86.4b.
yātūṃś ca sarvāṃ jambhayat (AVP. sarvān jambhayā) # AVś.4.9.9c; AVP.8.3.1c. Cf. arātīr.
yāṃ te cakruḥ sabhāyām # AVś.5.31.6a.
yāṃ tvā divo duhitar vardhayanti # RV.7.77.6a.
yā majjño nirdhayanti # AVś.9.8.18a.
yā yajamānasya vratadhuk tasyā āśiraṃ kuruta yā patniyai tasyai dadhigrahāya yā gharmadhuk tasyai dadhigharmāya taptam anātaktaṃ maitrāvaruṇāya śṛtātaṅkyaṃ dadhi kurutāt # Apś.11.21.8.
yāval lohāyasaṃ sarvam # TB.3.12.6.5a.
yā śardhāya mārutāya svabhānave # RV.6.48.12a.
yā svapantaṃ bodhayati (HG. svapatsu jāgarti) # ApMB.2.14.2c; HG.2.3.7c.
yāhi makhāya pājase # RV.8.46.25b; MS.4.14.2b: 216.13.
yugāny ubhayatomukhīm # ViDh.88.4b.
yuñjanti harī iṣirasya gāthayā # RV.8.98.9a; AVś.20.100.3a; SV.2.62a.
yuvaṃ hi vasva ubhayasya rājathaḥ # RV.7.83.5c.
yuvāṃ havanta ubhayāsa ājiṣu # RV.7.83.6a.
yuvārvān saraghāyāḥ # AVP.9.8.5a. Cf. yo mayaḥ.
yuṣmānīto abhayaṃ jyotir aśyām # RV.2.27.11d; TS.2.1.11.5d; MS.4.14.14d: 238.15.
yūna ū ṣu naviṣṭhayā # RV.8.20.19a.
yūpo hy arukṣad dviṣatāṃ vadhāya # Kauś.125.2a.
yūyaṃ sakhāyaḥ saptayaḥ # RV.8.20.23c.
ye kakṣeṣv aghāyavaḥ # AVP.1.42.3c; VS.11.79c; TS.4.1.10.2c; MS.2.7.7c: 83.18; KS.16.7c.
ye ke cobhayādataḥ (TA. caubha-) # RV.10.90.10b; VS.31.8b; TA.3.12.5b. See ye ca ke.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"haya" has 24 results
abhayacandraa Jain grammarian ， who wrote प्रक्रियासंग्रह, based on the Śabdānuśāsana Vyākaraṇa of the Jain Śākatāyana.His possible date is the twelfth century A. D.
abhayanandina reputed jain Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote an extensive gloss on the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण. The gloss is known as जैनेन्द्रव्याकरणमहावृत्ति of which वृहज्जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण appears to be another name.
ubhayagatiboth the alternatives; both the senses; double signification; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति P.I.1.23,Vārt 4,Pari. Śek, Par. 9 where the word ubhaya refers to both the senses-the ordinary one ( अकृत्रिम } and the technical one ( कृत्रिम)--exempli gratia, for example the meanings ( i ) numeral, and ( ii ) words बहु, गण et cetera, and others of the word संख्या.
ubhayataspāśāpresenting a difficulty in both the ways; confer, compare सैषा उभयतस्पाशा रज्जुर्भवति M.Bh. on VI.1.68.
ubhayatobhāṣaliterally speaking or showing both the padas or voices; possessed of both the padas viz. the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada. The word is found commonly used in the Dhātupaṭha of Pāṇini.
ubhayatrain both the ways literally in both the places; confer, compare उभयत्र च P. I. 1. 44 V rt. 22. The word उभयत्रविभाषा is used in grammar referring to the option ( विभाषा) which is प्राप्त as also अप्राप्त; confer, compareM.Bh.on P.1.1.26 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).22.
ubhayathāin both the ways (in the case of an option, of course); confer, compare छन्दस्युभयथा P.III.4.117 where the word ubhayathā refers to both the alternative uses exempli gratia, for example Sārvadhātuka and Ārdhadhātuka;so also vidhiliṅ and āśīrliṅ; confer, compare Kāśikā on P.III.4.117. The term ubhayatha is described as synonymous with 'bahulam' or 'anyatarasyām' or 'vā' or ekeśām'; confer, compare बहुलमन्यतरस्यामुभयथा वा एकेषामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.44: Vart. 19; confer, compare also अध्यायान्तेषूभयथा स्मरन्ति R.Pr.XV.8.
ubhayadīrghāa hiatus or a stop which occurs between two long-vowelled syllables; the term उभयदीर्घा is a conventional term in the Prātiśākhya literature. The term उभयह्रस्वा is similarly used in connection with short vowels.
ubhayaniyamaa restriction understood in both the ways; confer, compare सिद्धं तूभयनियमात् उभयनियमोयम् । प्रकृतिपर एव प्रत्ययः प्रयोक्तव्यः, प्रत्ययपरैव च प्रकृतिरिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1.2, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 11; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.2.148.
ubhayapada(1)double voice--the Parasmaipada as well as the Ātmanepada; (2) both the words or members (in a compound); confer, compare उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāś on P.I.2.57.
ubhayapadina root conjugated in both the Padas; a root to which both, the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada terminations are affixed; exempli gratia, for example roots वृ, भी, मुच् et cetera, and others
ubhayaprāptia case or a matter in which both the alternatives occur, as for instance, the genitive case for the subject and the object of a verbal derivative noun (कृदन्त); confer, compare उभयप्राप्तौ कर्मणि । उभयोः प्राप्तिः यस्मिन् कृति सोयमुभयप्राप्तिः तत्र कर्मण्येव षष्ठी स्यात् न कर्तरि । आश्चर्यो गवां दोहः अगोपालकेन Kāś. on P. II.3.66.
ubhayavatpossessed of both the kinds of properties; confer, compare य इदानीमुभयवान् स तृतीयामाख्यां लभते स्वरित इति M.Bh. on P.I.2.81 ; confer, compare also उभयवान् स्वरितः V. Pr.I.110.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
ajitasenaauthor of the Cintāmaṇiprakāśika a gloss on Cintāmaṇi, the well known commentary by Yakṣavarman on the Sabdānuśāsana of Śākatāyana. Ajitasena was the grand pupil of Abhayadeva; he lived in the 12th century A.D.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
guṇakarmana term used by the ancient grammarians for the गौणकर्मन् or indirect object of a verb. having two objects.The word is found quoted in the Mahabhaya; confer, compare कथिते लादयश्चेत्स्युः षष्टीं कुर्यात्तदा गुणे । गुणे गुणकर्मणि । confer, compare also गुणकर्मणि लादिविधि: सपरे M.Bh. on I. 4.51.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jainendravyākaraṇamahāvṛttiname of a commentary on the Jainendra Vyakarana, written by Abhayanandin in the ninth century A. D. see जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
phala(1)fruit or benefit of an action which goes to the agent; confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः Vaiyakarana-bhusana. A root which is given as Ubhayapadin in Panini's Grammar takes the Atmanepada affixes when the fruit of the activity is meant for the agent, while otherwise it takes the Parasmaipada affixes; (2) The word फल also means the result of a grammatical operation or grammatical injunction.
miśraroots taking personal endings of both the Padas; Ubhayapadin roots: this term मिश्र is given in Bopadeva's grammar.
Vedabase Search
2274 results
haya and with horsesSB 10.50.25-28
haya appearCC Adi 1.76
CC Adi 5.165
haya appearsCC Adi 1.58
CC Madhya 22.21
CC Madhya 23.94
haya areCC Adi 1.64
CC Adi 1.68
CC Adi 1.81
CC Adi 17.177
CC Adi 3.73
CC Adi 4.11-12
CC Adi 4.234
CC Adi 5.97
CC Adi 6.96
CC Adi 9.33
CC Antya 10.100
CC Antya 14.52
CC Antya 15.6
CC Antya 16.10
CC Antya 16.108-109
CC Antya 16.113
CC Antya 16.59
CC Antya 16.9
CC Antya 17.63
CC Antya 20.142-143
CC Antya 3.87
CC Antya 5.13
CC Antya 6.151
CC Antya 6.196
CC Antya 6.203
CC Antya 6.25
CC Antya 7.110-111
CC Antya 9.40
CC Madhya 1.18
CC Madhya 13.150
CC Madhya 15.107
CC Madhya 16.162-163
CC Madhya 16.166
CC Madhya 16.261
CC Madhya 17.134
CC Madhya 18.115
CC Madhya 19.175
CC Madhya 19.178
CC Madhya 19.71
CC Madhya 2.73
CC Madhya 20.209
CC Madhya 21.125
CC Madhya 21.5
CC Madhya 22.62
CC Madhya 22.77
CC Madhya 23.117-118
CC Madhya 23.59
CC Madhya 24.121
CC Madhya 24.287
CC Madhya 24.30
CC Madhya 24.65
CC Madhya 24.84
CC Madhya 24.89
CC Madhya 24.96
CC Madhya 25.204
CC Madhya 25.271
CC Madhya 6.136
CC Madhya 6.168
CC Madhya 6.267
CC Madhya 8.209
haya are achievedCC Madhya 3.182
haya are thereCC Madhya 18.59
haya assembledCC Adi 7.158
haya awakenedCC Adi 11.22
haya awakensCC Madhya 22.49
haya becameCC Adi 12.24
CC Adi 7.36
CC Adi 9.12
CC Madhya 16.259
haya becomeCC Adi 10.4
CC Adi 15.26
CC Adi 16.110
CC Adi 16.6
CC Adi 17.162
CC Adi 17.257
CC Adi 17.258
CC Adi 17.96
CC Antya 11.52
CC Antya 16.130
CC Antya 2.14
CC Madhya 1.169
CC Madhya 13.12
CC Madhya 13.176
CC Madhya 15.128-129
CC Madhya 18.124
CC Madhya 19.181
CC Madhya 23.46
CC Madhya 24.96
CC Madhya 25.277
CC Madhya 7.102
CC Madhya 7.107
haya become possibleCC Adi 7.126
haya becomesCC Adi 1.100
CC Adi 1.69-70
CC Adi 1.92
CC Adi 10.82
CC Adi 11.30
CC Adi 11.33
CC Adi 11.34
CC Adi 12.45
CC Adi 12.50
CC Adi 12.51
CC Adi 12.52
haya becomesCC Adi 12.52
CC Adi 12.92
CC Adi 12.95
CC Adi 13.119
CC Adi 13.29
CC Adi 14.31
haya becomesCC Adi 14.31
CC Adi 14.88
CC Adi 16.35
CC Adi 16.44
CC Adi 17.148
haya becomesCC Adi 17.148
CC Adi 17.149
CC Adi 17.212
CC Adi 17.22
CC Adi 17.263
CC Adi 17.310
CC Adi 17.64
CC Adi 17.66
CC Adi 2.16
CC Adi 4.157
CC Adi 4.239
CC Adi 4.242-243
CC Adi 4.253
CC Adi 5.60
CC Adi 7.100
CC Adi 7.109
CC Adi 7.114
CC Adi 7.129
CC Adi 7.140
CC Adi 7.143
CC Adi 7.145
CC Adi 7.168
CC Adi 7.22
CC Adi 7.54
CC Adi 8.22
CC Adi 8.24
CC Adi 8.38
CC Adi 8.82
CC Adi 8.84
CC Adi 9.7
CC Antya 11.101
CC Antya 14.14
CC Antya 16.130
CC Antya 17.55
CC Antya 17.58
CC Antya 3.184
CC Antya 3.233
CC Antya 4.129-130
CC Antya 5.155
CC Antya 5.45-46
CC Antya 6.225
CC Antya 6.7
CC Antya 7.9
CC Antya 9.66
CC Madhya 10.113
CC Madhya 11.135-136
CC Madhya 11.242
CC Madhya 12.22
CC Madhya 12.61
CC Madhya 13.108
haya becomesCC Madhya 13.108
CC Madhya 13.118
CC Madhya 13.131
CC Madhya 14.118
CC Madhya 14.150
CC Madhya 15.118
CC Madhya 15.297
CC Madhya 18.193
CC Madhya 19.182
CC Madhya 19.192
CC Madhya 19.219
CC Madhya 2.6
CC Madhya 2.83
CC Madhya 20.250
CC Madhya 21.18
CC Madhya 22.152
CC Madhya 23.46
CC Madhya 23.48
CC Madhya 23.49
CC Madhya 24.33
CC Madhya 3.196
CC Madhya 6.130
CC Madhya 6.137
CC Madhya 6.158
CC Madhya 6.169
CC Madhya 6.171
CC Madhya 8.214
CC Madhya 8.92
CC Madhya 9.148
haya becomes filledCC Madhya 3.159
haya becomes fulfilledCC Adi 10.41
haya becomes manifestCC Madhya 6.12
haya becomes possibleCC Adi 7.127
CC Antya 3.194
CC Antya 3.24
CC Madhya 10.181
CC Madhya 18.192
CC Madhya 8.307
haya becomes soCC Adi 8.32
haya can be usedCC Madhya 24.65
haya come outCC Adi 17.141
haya happensCC Madhya 5.21
haya He isCC Adi 14.59
haya he isCC Madhya 1.72
CC Madhya 22.35
haya horseSB 4.19.1
SB 4.20.2
haya horsesSB 10.54.6
haya increasesCC Madhya 24.32
haya isCC Adi 1.22
CC Adi 1.68
CC Adi 1.76
CC Adi 1.79-80
CC Adi 1.95
CC Adi 17.242
CC Adi 17.256
CC Adi 17.305
CC Adi 2.113
CC Adi 2.15
CC Adi 2.18
CC Adi 2.73
CC Adi 2.76
CC Adi 3.10
CC Adi 3.26
CC Adi 3.42
CC Adi 3.43
CC Adi 3.57
CC Adi 3.71
CC Adi 4.143
CC Adi 4.194
CC Adi 4.197
CC Adi 4.200-201
CC Adi 4.64
CC Adi 4.9
CC Adi 4.92
CC Adi 5.116
CC Adi 5.161
CC Adi 5.195
CC Adi 5.206
CC Adi 5.231
CC Adi 5.45
CC Adi 5.74
CC Adi 6.100
CC Adi 6.25
CC Antya 1.147
CC Antya 1.87
CC Antya 10.51
CC Antya 10.72
CC Antya 11.22
CC Antya 11.31
CC Antya 11.35
CC Antya 12.131
CC Antya 12.93
CC Antya 12.94
CC Antya 13.107
CC Antya 13.29
CC Antya 13.5
CC Antya 14.15
CC Antya 14.5
CC Antya 16.8
CC Antya 16.82
CC Antya 2.43
CC Antya 3.153
CC Antya 3.164
CC Antya 3.186
CC Antya 3.196
CC Antya 3.221
CC Antya 3.237
CC Antya 3.257
CC Antya 3.55
CC Antya 3.61
CC Antya 4.129-130
CC Antya 4.139
CC Antya 4.173
CC Antya 4.179
CC Antya 4.96
CC Antya 5.106
CC Antya 5.141
CC Antya 5.142
CC Antya 5.144
CC Antya 5.145
CC Antya 5.35-36
CC Antya 5.6
CC Antya 5.78
CC Antya 5.97
CC Antya 6.128
CC Antya 6.169
CC Antya 6.17
CC Antya 6.251
CC Antya 6.252
CC Antya 6.279
CC Antya 6.33
CC Antya 7.110-111
CC Antya 7.19
CC Antya 8.41
CC Antya 8.66
CC Antya 8.72
CC Antya 9.126
CC Antya 9.138
CC Antya 9.17
CC Antya 9.43
CC Antya 9.75
CC Antya 9.79
CC Antya 9.89
CC Antya 9.90
CC Antya 9.91
CC Madhya 1.177
CC Madhya 1.74
CC Madhya 1.80
CC Madhya 10.114
CC Madhya 10.117
CC Madhya 10.13
CC Madhya 10.137
CC Madhya 10.142
CC Madhya 10.144
CC Madhya 10.171
CC Madhya 10.172
CC Madhya 10.182
CC Madhya 10.21
CC Madhya 10.7
CC Madhya 11.131
CC Madhya 11.167
CC Madhya 11.76
CC Madhya 14.14
CC Madhya 14.166
CC Madhya 14.177
CC Madhya 15.115
CC Madhya 15.150
CC Madhya 15.274
CC Madhya 16.190
CC Madhya 16.265-266
CC Madhya 18.112
CC Madhya 19.166
CC Madhya 19.175
CC Madhya 19.56
CC Madhya 2.11
CC Madhya 2.13
CC Madhya 2.3
CC Madhya 2.4
CC Madhya 2.43
CC Madhya 2.5
CC Madhya 2.69
CC Madhya 20.108-109
CC Madhya 20.142
CC Madhya 20.161
CC Madhya 20.175
CC Madhya 20.336
CC Madhya 21.101
CC Madhya 21.125
CC Madhya 21.54
CC Madhya 22.125
CC Madhya 22.152
CC Madhya 22.17
CC Madhya 22.31
CC Madhya 22.45
CC Madhya 22.64
CC Madhya 22.83
CC Madhya 23.30
CC Madhya 23.42
haya isCC Madhya 23.42
CC Madhya 23.54
CC Madhya 23.86
CC Madhya 24.228
CC Madhya 24.25
CC Madhya 24.36
CC Madhya 24.91
CC Madhya 25.191
CC Madhya 25.196
CC Madhya 25.200
CC Madhya 25.24
CC Madhya 25.44
CC Madhya 25.50
CC Madhya 25.54
CC Madhya 4.104
CC Madhya 4.160
CC Madhya 5.135
CC Madhya 5.151
CC Madhya 5.24
CC Madhya 5.77-78
CC Madhya 6.133
CC Madhya 6.148
CC Madhya 6.158
CC Madhya 6.167
CC Madhya 6.173
haya isCC Madhya 6.173
CC Madhya 6.178
CC Madhya 6.184
CC Madhya 6.262
CC Madhya 6.266
CC Madhya 6.89
CC Madhya 6.94
CC Madhya 7.144-145
CC Madhya 8.128
CC Madhya 8.154
CC Madhya 8.164
CC Madhya 8.187
CC Madhya 8.192
haya isCC Madhya 8.192
CC Madhya 8.196
CC Madhya 8.202
CC Madhya 8.220
CC Madhya 8.248
CC Madhya 8.251
CC Madhya 8.273
CC Madhya 8.307
CC Madhya 8.309
CC Madhya 8.32
CC Madhya 9.11
CC Madhya 9.139
CC Madhya 9.145
CC Madhya 9.274
CC Madhya 9.315
CC Madhya 9.5
CC Madhya 9.97
CC Madhya 9.99
haya is certainlyCC Adi 17.169
haya is conductedCC Madhya 17.168
haya is itCC Antya 7.104
haya is possibleCC Adi 17.278
CC Madhya 11.19
CC Madhya 4.79
haya is presentCC Antya 15.55
haya is thereCC Adi 4.235
haya it becomesCC Adi 10.29
CC Adi 16.86
CC Adi 9.35
CC Madhya 14.111
haya it becomes possibleCC Madhya 15.161
haya it becomes soCC Adi 11.12
CC Adi 8.27
haya it isCC Antya 14.38
CC Antya 3.114-115
CC Madhya 16.213
CC Madhya 23.122
CC Madhya 4.137
CC Madhya 4.146
CC Madhya 5.20
CC Madhya 5.36
CC Madhya 6.263
CC Madhya 6.70
CC Madhya 8.118
CC Madhya 8.51-52
haya it is soCC Adi 7.139
haya it so becomesCC Adi 8.23
haya let it beCC Madhya 14.198
haya of horsesSB 10.83.32
haya one becomesCC Madhya 24.136
haya remainsCC Adi 7.125
haya renderCC Adi 8.52
haya resoundedCC Adi 13.98
haya take placeCC Madhya 20.290
haya takesCC Adi 17.280
haya takes placeCC Adi 13.20
CC Madhya 11.167
haya the horseSB 4.19.23
haya there areCC Adi 10.87
CC Adi 17.157
CC Adi 2.100
CC Adi 2.97
CC Antya 11.13
CC Antya 11.40
CC Antya 14.51
CC Antya 14.52
CC Antya 14.82
CC Antya 18.69
CC Antya 18.9
CC Antya 9.21
CC Madhya 1.267
CC Madhya 14.186
CC Madhya 14.191
CC Madhya 16.90
CC Madhya 19.187
CC Madhya 19.222
CC Madhya 19.232
CC Madhya 2.7
CC Madhya 2.88
CC Madhya 20.108-109
CC Madhya 20.19
CC Madhya 20.24
CC Madhya 20.245
CC Madhya 20.247
CC Madhya 20.29
CC Madhya 20.320
CC Madhya 22.143
CC Madhya 22.165
CC Madhya 24.155
CC Madhya 24.158
CC Madhya 6.153
CC Madhya 6.194
CC Madhya 6.275
CC Madhya 8.141
CC Madhya 8.82
CC Madhya 8.85
haya there becomesCC Madhya 1.165
haya there can beCC Antya 5.130
haya there isCC Adi 1.21
haya there isCC Adi 1.21
CC Adi 12.56
CC Adi 16.11
haya there isCC Adi 16.11
CC Adi 16.65
CC Adi 16.69
CC Adi 16.74
CC Adi 17.162
CC Adi 17.173
CC Adi 17.249
CC Adi 17.95
CC Adi 2.96
CC Adi 3.64
CC Adi 3.98
CC Adi 4.126
CC Adi 4.135
CC Adi 4.144
CC Adi 4.186
CC Adi 4.187
CC Adi 4.235
CC Adi 4.240
CC Adi 4.58
CC Adi 4.86
CC Adi 5.167
CC Adi 5.31
CC Adi 5.68
CC Adi 6.52
CC Adi 6.85
CC Adi 6.99
CC Adi 7.142
CC Adi 9.45
CC Antya 1.157
CC Antya 1.194
CC Antya 10.8
CC Antya 11.91-93
CC Antya 13.98
CC Antya 14.15
CC Antya 14.78
haya there isCC Antya 14.78
CC Antya 16.100
CC Antya 16.22
CC Antya 16.28
CC Antya 16.61
CC Antya 16.99
CC Antya 17.37
CC Antya 17.48
CC Antya 17.55
CC Antya 18.69
CC Antya 18.94
CC Antya 18.97
CC Antya 2.16
CC Antya 2.22
CC Antya 2.24-25
CC Antya 2.33
CC Antya 20.100
CC Antya 20.144-146
CC Antya 20.59
CC Antya 20.96-98
CC Antya 3.177
CC Antya 3.220
CC Antya 3.222
CC Antya 3.227
CC Antya 3.238
CC Antya 3.241
CC Antya 3.261
CC Antya 3.63
CC Antya 3.65
CC Antya 3.70
haya there isCC Antya 3.70
CC Antya 3.72
CC Antya 4.10
CC Antya 4.155
CC Antya 4.171
CC Antya 4.185
CC Antya 4.212
CC Antya 4.238
CC Antya 4.44
CC Antya 5.102
haya there isCC Antya 5.102
CC Antya 5.107
haya there isCC Antya 5.107
CC Antya 5.19
CC Antya 5.39
CC Antya 5.42
CC Antya 5.52
CC Antya 5.97
CC Antya 6.199
CC Antya 6.235
CC Antya 7.110-111
CC Antya 7.148
CC Antya 7.94
CC Antya 8.44
CC Antya 8.99
CC Antya 9.47
CC Madhya 1.173
CC Madhya 1.179
CC Madhya 1.201
CC Madhya 10.140
CC Madhya 10.173
CC Madhya 10.179
CC Madhya 10.35
CC Madhya 11.102
CC Madhya 11.114
CC Madhya 11.117
CC Madhya 11.135-136
CC Madhya 11.149
CC Madhya 12.13
CC Madhya 12.190
CC Madhya 12.30
CC Madhya 12.31
CC Madhya 12.5
CC Madhya 12.55
CC Madhya 13.12
CC Madhya 13.208
CC Madhya 14.108
CC Madhya 14.127
CC Madhya 14.176
CC Madhya 14.251
CC Madhya 15.14
CC Madhya 15.204
CC Madhya 15.261
CC Madhya 16.140
CC Madhya 16.77
CC Madhya 17.154
CC Madhya 18.105
CC Madhya 18.151
CC Madhya 18.42
CC Madhya 18.60
CC Madhya 19.14
CC Madhya 19.148
CC Madhya 19.157
CC Madhya 19.169
CC Madhya 19.177
CC Madhya 19.219
CC Madhya 19.231
CC Madhya 19.250
CC Madhya 2.43
CC Madhya 2.79
haya there isCC Madhya 2.79
CC Madhya 2.86
CC Madhya 2.87
CC Madhya 2.89
CC Madhya 20.102
CC Madhya 20.104
CC Madhya 20.123
CC Madhya 20.133
CC Madhya 20.17
CC Madhya 20.18
CC Madhya 20.208
CC Madhya 20.214
CC Madhya 20.220
CC Madhya 20.254
CC Madhya 20.343
CC Madhya 20.353
CC Madhya 20.363
CC Madhya 20.382
CC Madhya 20.388
CC Madhya 20.395
CC Madhya 20.405
CC Madhya 20.47
CC Madhya 20.77
CC Madhya 21.64
CC Madhya 21.90
CC Madhya 22.41
CC Madhya 22.49
CC Madhya 22.54
CC Madhya 22.60
CC Madhya 22.7
CC Madhya 22.97
CC Madhya 23.10
haya there isCC Madhya 23.10
CC Madhya 23.12
CC Madhya 23.17
CC Madhya 23.20
CC Madhya 23.3
CC Madhya 23.34
CC Madhya 24.111
CC Madhya 24.194
haya there isCC Madhya 24.194
CC Madhya 24.228
CC Madhya 24.229
CC Madhya 24.248
CC Madhya 24.282
CC Madhya 24.303
CC Madhya 24.325
CC Madhya 24.352
CC Madhya 24.8
CC Madhya 25.10
CC Madhya 25.116
CC Madhya 25.118
CC Madhya 25.242
CC Madhya 25.262
CC Madhya 25.94
CC Madhya 3.181
CC Madhya 3.70
CC Madhya 3.8
CC Madhya 4.128
CC Madhya 4.140
CC Madhya 4.6
CC Madhya 5.105
CC Madhya 5.13
CC Madhya 5.90
CC Madhya 6.116
CC Madhya 6.16
CC Madhya 6.187
CC Madhya 6.268
CC Madhya 6.271
CC Madhya 6.276
haya there isCC Madhya 6.276
CC Madhya 6.285
CC Madhya 6.83
CC Madhya 6.89
CC Madhya 6.91
CC Madhya 7.110
CC Madhya 7.111
haya there isCC Madhya 7.111
CC Madhya 8.199
CC Madhya 8.210
CC Madhya 8.246
CC Madhya 8.271
CC Madhya 8.272
CC Madhya 8.274
CC Madhya 8.277
CC Madhya 8.50
CC Madhya 8.57
CC Madhya 9.100
CC Madhya 9.104
CC Madhya 9.119
CC Madhya 9.153
CC Madhya 9.154
CC Madhya 9.261
CC Madhya 9.28
CC Madhya 9.307
haya there is awakening ofCC Madhya 17.47
haya there wasCC Antya 10.73
CC Antya 13.95
CC Antya 16.37
CC Madhya 17.27
CC Madhya 17.33
CC Madhya 5.126
haya there would beCC Antya 10.99
haya they areCC Madhya 1.194
haya they becomeCC Antya 17.46
haya they wereCC Madhya 10.187
haya took placeCC Adi 17.151
haya wasCC Antya 12.48
CC Antya 16.85
CC Antya 6.161
CC Antya 8.94
CC Madhya 17.179
CC Madhya 19.132
haya wereCC Adi 14.88
CC Antya 13.81
haya will beCC Madhya 5.42
haya would beCC Antya 20.72
CC Madhya 25.17
haya acetana became unconsciousCC Antya 9.10
haya acetana became unconsciousCC Antya 9.10
haya anugṛhīta was given the mercyCC Antya 6.161
haya anugṛhīta was given the mercyCC Antya 6.161
haya camatkāre becomes astonishedCC Madhya 17.101
haya camatkāre becomes astonishedCC Madhya 17.101
haya dāsī become maidservantsCC Antya 15.71
haya dāsī become maidservantsCC Antya 15.71
haya dhīrā are very soberCC Madhya 14.143
haya dhīrā are very soberCC Madhya 14.143
haya duḥkhī becomes unhappyCC Antya 20.53
haya duḥkhī becomes unhappyCC Antya 20.53
haya haya yes it is, yes it isCC Madhya 25.27
haya haya yes it is, yes it isCC Madhya 25.27
haya jñāna comes within knowledgeCC Madhya 25.93
haya jñāna comes within knowledgeCC Madhya 25.93
haya jñāna he can understandCC Antya 17.66
haya jñāna he can understandCC Antya 17.66
haya kṣaya become null and voidCC Adi 16.69
haya kṣaya become null and voidCC Adi 16.69
haya kṣaya becomes nullifiedCC Antya 5.45-46
haya kṣaya becomes nullifiedCC Antya 5.45-46
haya kṣaya there is destructionCC Madhya 15.178
haya kṣaya there is destructionCC Madhya 15.178
haya kṣaya there is dissipationCC Antya 3.183
haya kṣaya there is dissipationCC Antya 3.183
haya mana His mind becomesCC Madhya 14.119
haya mana His mind becomesCC Madhya 14.119
haya mana I wishCC Antya 16.139
haya mana I wishCC Antya 16.139
haya mana My mind will turnCC Madhya 12.195
haya mana My mind will turnCC Madhya 12.195
haya mana the mind becomesCC Antya 6.278
haya mana the mind becomesCC Antya 6.278
CC Antya 6.279
haya mana the mind becomesCC Antya 6.279
haya mana there is an inclinationCC Antya 5.8
haya mana there is an inclinationCC Antya 5.8
haya nāśa become vanquishedCC Antya 4.131
haya nāśa become vanquishedCC Antya 4.131
haya prema-udaya there is awakening of ecstatic loveCC Antya 3.185
haya prema-udaya there is awakening of ecstatic loveCC Antya 3.185
haya prema-udaya there is awakening of ecstatic loveCC Antya 3.185
haya sarva-nāśa the purpose of life will be spoiledCC Madhya 25.279
haya sarva-nāśa the purpose of life will be spoiledCC Madhya 25.279
haya sarva-nāśa the purpose of life will be spoiledCC Madhya 25.279
haya śrotā becomes the listenerCC Antya 5.85
haya śrotā becomes the listenerCC Antya 5.85
haya ta' vidite is well knownCC Antya 3.91
haya ta' vidite is well knownCC Antya 3.91
haya ta' vidite is well knownCC Antya 3.91
haya upavane that are in those gardensCC Madhya 14.125
haya upavane that are in those gardensCC Madhya 14.125
haya-ākṛtiḥ having the form of a horseSB 10.37.14
haya-ākṛtiḥ having the form of a horseSB 10.37.14
haya-āsye in the horse-headed incarnationSB 11.4.17
haya-āsye in the horse-headed incarnationSB 11.4.17
haya-medhānām sacrifices known as aśvamedhaSB 8.15.34
haya-medhānām sacrifices known as aśvamedhaSB 8.15.34
haya-medhayāṭ great performer of horse sacrificesSB 1.18.46
haya-medhayāṭ great performer of horse sacrificesSB 1.18.46
haya-śiraḥ having the head and neck of a horseSB 7.9.37
haya-śiraḥ having the head and neck of a horseSB 7.9.37
haya-śīraṣā with His horselike headSB 2.7.11
haya-śīraṣā with His horselike headSB 2.7.11
haya-śīrṣā Lord Hayagrīva, the incarnation of the Lord whose head is like that of a horseSB 6.8.17
haya-śīrṣā Lord Hayagrīva, the incarnation of the Lord whose head is like that of a horseSB 6.8.17
haya-śīrṣṇe to the incarnation who appeared with the head of a horseSB 10.40.17-18
haya-śīrṣṇe to the incarnation who appeared with the head of a horseSB 10.40.17-18
haya-sūtam the horses and chariot driverSB 7.15.46
haya-sūtam the horses and chariot driverSB 7.15.46
haya, naya correct or notCC Madhya 2.41
haya, naya correct or notCC Madhya 2.41
hayagrīva Hayagrīva (horse-headed)SB 7.2.4-5
hayagrīvaḥ HayagrīvaSB 6.10.19-22
SB 6.6.29-31
SB 8.10.19-24
hayagrīvaḥ Lord HayagrīvaCC Madhya 20.242
hayagrīvaḥ the great demon named HayagrīvaSB 8.24.8
hayagrīvam by the name HayagrīvaSB 8.24.57
hayagrīvasya of HayagrīvaSB 8.24.9
hayaḥ a horseSB 8.8.3
hayaiḥ horsesBG 1.14
SB 10.82.7-8
hayaiḥ with His horsesSB 10.53.6
SB 10.70.14
hayaiḥ with the enemy's soldiersSB 8.10.8
hayam a horseSB 10.56.13
hayam his horseSB 10.56.14
SB 10.57.20
hayam His horseSB 10.69.35
hayam horseSB 4.16.24
SB 4.17.4
hayam the horseSB 9.8.19
SB 9.8.29
SB 9.8.9-10
hayam the horse (stolen by Indra)SB 9.8.8
hayamedha of the aśvamedha sacrificeSB 8.18.23
hayamedha-śatasya of one hundred aśvamedha sacrificesSB 9.23.33
hayamedha-śatasya of one hundred aśvamedha sacrificesSB 9.23.33
hayamedhena by the horse sacrificeSB 6.13.6
hayamedhena by the sacrifice known as aśvamedhaSB 6.13.7
hayamedhena with an aśvamedha sacrificeSB 6.13.18
hayaśirā HayaśirāSB 6.6.33-36
hayaśirā-ādayaḥ such as Lord HayaśīrṣāSB 12.12.19
hayaśirā-ādayaḥ such as Lord HayaśīrṣāSB 12.12.19
hayaśirām HayaśirāSB 6.6.33-36
hayaśīrṣa-abhidhānām the Lord's incarnation named Hayaśīrṣa (also called Hayagrīva)SB 5.18.1
hayaśīrṣa-abhidhānām the Lord's incarnation named Hayaśīrṣa (also called Hayagrīva)SB 5.18.1
hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātre the revealed scripture named the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātraCC Madhya 20.237
hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātre the revealed scripture named the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātraCC Madhya 20.237
hayata' there isCC Antya 3.69
abhaya immunity from material pangsSB 3.7.41
abhaya-daḥ factual fearlessnessSB 4.24.53
abhaya abhaya fruitsSB 8.2.9-13
abhaya-daiḥ which give fearlessnessSB 8.7.17
abhaya-āśraya O fearless shelter of allSB 10.2.39
sakala-abhaya-pradaḥ who is the source of fearlessness for everyoneSB 10.12.27
abhaya of fearlessnessSB 10.28.3
abhaya giving fearlessnessSB 10.34.28
abhaya-de the giver of fearlessnessSB 11.4.9
bhaya-abhaya fear and fearlessnessSB 11.6.13
abhaya-dam the giver of fearlessnessSB 12.10.2
abhaya-dāna the charity of fearlessnessCC Madhya 11.3
abhaya fearlessnessMM 48
abhayaḥ without fearSB 10.18.28
abhayam fearlessnessBG 10.4-5
abhayam fearlessnessBG 16.1-3
abhayam fearlessnessSB 1.8.9
abhayam freedom from all fearsSB 1.17.17
abhayam freedomSB 2.1.5
abhayam fully safeSB 2.1.13
abhayam fearlessnessSB 2.6.19
abhayam without fearSB 2.7.47
abhayam courageSB 3.5.43
ańghrim abhayam safe lotus feetSB 3.9.6
abhayam assurance of safetySB 3.21.31
abhayam fearlessnessSB 3.23.51
abhayam fearlessnessSB 3.24.39
abhayam without fearSB 3.33.11
abhayam AbhayaSB 4.1.49-52
abhayam fearlessSB 4.7.26
abhayam fearlessness, liberationSB 4.11.32
abhayam fearlessnessSB 5.6.19
abhayam fearlessnessSB 5.18.8
abhayam fearlessnessSB 5.18.8
abhayam where there is no anxietySB 5.19.23
abhayam AbhayaSB 5.20.3-4
abhayam fearlessnessSB 6.16.59
kṛta-abhayam which causes fearlessnessSB 7.9.5
abhayam safetySB 8.7.38
abhayam assurancesSB 9.7.3
abhayam-karaḥ always killing the causes of fearSB 10.2.16
abhayam fearlessSB 10.27.7
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.29.39
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.31.5
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.38.16
abhayam fearlessSB 10.51.57
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.59.32
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.63.24
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.63.45
abhayam freedom from fearSB 10.63.50
abhayam relief from fearSB 10.68.49
abhayam for fearlessnessSB 10.87.50
abhayam fearlessnessSB 10.89.14-17
abhayam fearlessnessSB 11.2.38
abhayam fearlessSB 11.19.33-35
abhayam fearlessnessSB 11.25.16
abhayam fearlessnessSB 12.6.5
abhayam fearlessnessSB 12.8.46
abhayam fearlessnessSB 12.11.11-12
abhayam fearlessCC Madhya 22.16
abhayam fearlessnessCC Madhya 22.34
abhayam freedom from the fearful condition of material existenceCC Madhya 22.110
datta-abhayam which assure fearlessnessCC Madhya 24.50
datta-abhayam which assure fearlessnessCC Antya 15.70
abhayańkara eradicating the fears ofSB 1.7.22
abhayańkarī driving away the fearful situationSB 7.4.24
abhayasya of fearlessnessSB 2.6.18
abrahmaṇya-bhaya-āvahām causing fear to the kings who had no respect for brahminical cultureSB 9.16.17
abuddhayaḥ less intelligent personsBG 7.24
abuddhayaḥ O ignorant onesSB 7.2.57
abuddhayaḥ unintelligentSB 12.3.6
ācārya haya pūjaka prabala Advaita Ācārya is a great worshiperCC Antya 19.25
āchaya there areCC Madhya 8.82
āchaya there isCC Madhya 20.24
acintya-śakti haya is inconceivableCC Adi 5.88
harṣa-śoka-bhaya-ādayaḥ the sons named Harṣa, Śoka, Bhaya and so onSB 6.6.10-11
addhayaḥ the oceansSB 3.13.34
bhaya-ādeḥ of fear and so onSB 11.29.21
ādhayaḥ anxietiesSB 1.10.6
ādhayaḥ disturbances of the mindSB 4.29.23-25
ādhayaḥ the pains of the mindSB 5.10.10
ādhayaḥ mental troublesSB 5.24.13
āhita-adhayaḥ offering wealth and other itemsSB 6.14.18
ādhayaḥ miseries pertaining to the mindSB 8.22.32
ādhayaḥ who were experiencing mental distress, anxietySB 11.12.10
haihaya-ādyāḥ and others, like King HaihayaSB 2.7.4
āgranthayaḥ having tightly tiedSB 10.33.7
ahayaḥ snakesSB 3.17.22
ahayaḥ snakesSB 3.20.48
ahayaḥ serpentsSB 4.10.26
ahayaḥ serpentsSB 4.11.4
ahayaḥ snakes without hoodsSB 4.18.22
ahayaḥ as the snakesSB 10.50.25-28
ahayaḥ snakesSB 10.64.40
āhita-adhayaḥ offering wealth and other itemsSB 6.14.18
aiche kaiche haya how is this possibleCC Madhya 7.15
aiche haya is suchCC Antya 13.57
aiche haya may be suchCC Antya 16.29
aidhayata increasedSB 8.8.25
yadi ājñā haya if you kindly give me permissionCC Madhya 11.19
śāstra-ājñā haya there is such an order in the revealed scriptureCC Madhya 15.236
ājñā haya if there is permissionCC Madhya 19.239
kon ājñā haya what is Your orderCC Madhya 21.74
ājñā haya please give permissionCC Antya 2.132
pratibhaya-ākāram dangerouslySB 1.6.13
ākathayan they recountedSB 10.70.21
akathayat explainedSB 8.24.61
akathayat relatedSB 10.55.6
akathayat recountedSB 10.55.36
prema-ākṛṣṭa haya is attracted by loveCC Antya 2.34-35
bhaya-sambhrānta-prekṣaṇa-akṣam began to look very carefully within Kṛṣṇa's mouth in fear, to see if Kṛṣṇa had eaten something dangerousSB 10.8.33
bhaya-ākulāḥ with great fearSB 4.6.1-2
akutaḥ-bhayam the life of fearlessnessSB 1.12.28
akutaḥ-bhayam free from all doubts and fearSB 2.1.11
akutaḥ-bhayam fearing no oneSB 3.17.22
akutaḥ-bhayam fearlesslySB 3.19.2
akutaḥ-bhayam without fearSB 3.25.43
akutaḥ-bhayam giving relief from all fearSB 3.31.12
akutaḥ-bhayam which is free from all kinds of fearful dangerSB 5.6.9
akutaḥ-bhayam the shelter of fearlessnessSB 5.18.14
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ who is not fearful of anyoneSB 5.18.20
akutaḥ-bhayam fearlessnessSB 5.24.25
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ without fearSB 6.1.17
akutaḥ-bhayam where there is no fear anywhere or at any timeSB 7.10.47
akutaḥ-bhayam completely free of fearSB 8.22.10
akutaḥ-bhayam which drive away all fearSB 10.17.24
akutaḥ-bhayam complete freedom from fearSB 10.70.35
akutaḥ-bhayam without fear for any reasonSB 11.7.25
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ free from fear in all circumstancesSB 11.12.14-15
akutaḥ-bhayam free from fearSB 12.11.19
akutaścit-bhayaḥ having no fear from any quarterSB 7.5.47
akutaścit-bhayam fearlessnessSB 11.2.33
akutobhayam without fearSB 10.6.18
alpa-buddhayaḥ the less intelligentBG 16.9
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya I become minimized in My strengthCC Madhya 25.73
āmāra vā haya may be MineCC Antya 14.30
ambhodhayaḥ the water of the oceans and seasSB 7.8.32
bhaya-aṃśa the fear partCC Antya 18.63
ańghrim abhayam safe lotus feetSB 3.9.6
ubhaya-anubhava-svarūpeṇa by understanding the proper situation of the body and the soulSB 5.5.30
aparādha haya there is offenseCC Antya 4.152
ubhayatra api both in God and in the living entitySB 3.7.15
ubhayathā api both in this life and in the nextSB 5.14.23
apothayat smashedSB 10.4.8
aprati-bhayam without fear of othersSB 10.16.9
ārādhaya just begin worshipingSB 4.8.19
ārādhayan continuously worshipingSB 3.15.14
ārādhayan worshipingSB 5.24.18
ārādhayan worshipedSB 6.5.27-28
ārādhayan worshipingSB 12.8.7-11
ārādhayanti worshipSB 5.20.32
ārādhayat he worshipedSB 10.52.4
ārādhayati he can, however, worship HimSB 4.24.76
ārādhayati worships the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.18.24
arājaka-bhayam due to fear of the danger of an unregulated governmentSB 9.13.12
ārcchayat attackedSB 8.10.41
ārohayat he put her on boardSB 3.23.36-37
ubhaya-artha-śūnya which cannot give happiness either in this life or in the nextSB 5.14.12
artha haya there are the meaningsCC Madhya 24.162
sei artha haya that is the only meaningCC Madhya 24.311
ārthayan requestedSB 6.13.4
ei nā haya āścarya this is not wonderful for youCC Madhya 24.272
aspṛhayanti they do not desireSB 3.25.37
abhaya-āśraya O fearless shelter of allSB 10.2.39
āśraya haya becomes the shelterCC Madhya 20.293
ubhaya-āśrayam dependent on both the demigod and the handSB 2.10.24
ubhaya-āśrayam shelter for bothSB 2.10.26
asta haya the sun sets in the eveningCC Madhya 20.390
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
ubhaya-atītaḥ one who has transcended both (the conceptions of mundane right and wrong)SB 11.7.11
atithayaḥ guestsSB 6.7.27
atithayaḥ guests who come without an invitationSB 8.16.6
atithayaḥ uninvited guestsSB 8.16.7
atithayaḥ receiving the guestsSB 8.16.12
atithayaḥ guestsSB 10.47.8
atithayaḥ and guestsSB 11.23.7
ubhaya-ātmakaḥ both ways (namely vaikṛta and prākṛta)SB 3.10.27
ubhaya-ātmakam simultaneously dry and moistSB 8.11.39
ubhaya-ātmikā consisting of both the subtle causes and their manifest productsSB 11.24.4
bhaya-āturā in distress and fearSB 9.2.5-6
bhaya-āturam who is very afraidSB 5.18.20
avadhayaḥ extending toSB 5.16.8
avadhayaḥ down toBs 5.53
bhaya-āvahaḥ dangerousBG 3.35
bhaya-āvahāḥ causing fearSB 3.17.3
bhaya-āvahāḥ producing fearSB 4.5.12
bhaya-āvahāḥ terrifyingSB 10.50.25-28
bhaya-āvaham the threatening principleSB 1.11.3
bhaya-āvaham fearfulSB 6.18.69
pratyanīka-bhaya-āvaham the Lord's disc, which was extremely fearful to the enemies of the Lord and His devoteesSB 9.4.28
duḥkha-śoka-bhaya-āvaham which is the cause of all kinds of distress, lamentation and fearSB 9.13.10
abrahmaṇya-bhaya-āvahām causing fear to the kings who had no respect for brahminical cultureSB 9.16.17
avasara nāhi haya there was little timeCC Madhya 15.80
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not know the goal of lifeSB 10.2.32
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 22.30
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.131
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.141
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 25.32
vibhayaḥ babhūva has become fearlessSB 5.20.19
bākī haya balance is dueCC Antya 9.48
bāra chaya six timesCC Madhya 24.149
bhāla haya is rightCC Madhya 12.35
mahā-bhāva haya there is mahā-bhāvaCC Madhya 14.175
bhaya-bhāvanayā by thoughts of fearSB 1.8.31
bhaya fearBG 2.56
bhaya-āvahaḥ dangerousBG 3.35
bhaya fearBG 4.10
bhaya fearBG 5.27-28
bhaya fearBG 12.15
bhaya fearBG 18.30
bhaya fearfulnessSB 1.7.7
bhaya-vihvalām being afraidSB 1.8.8
bhaya-bhāvanayā by thoughts of fearSB 1.8.31
jagat-bhaya the fear of material existenceSB 1.11.3
bhaya-āvaham the threatening principleSB 1.11.3
bhaya-vihvalaḥ under pressure of fearfulnessSB 1.17.29
uru-bhaya-hā one who vanquishes great fearsSB 2.7.14
ūḍha-bhaya affected by fearSB 2.7.24
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
bhaya-āvahāḥ causing fearSB 3.17.3
bhaya-kṛt a source of fearSB 3.18.22-23
bhaya-āvahāḥ producing fearSB 4.5.12
bhaya-ākulāḥ with great fearSB 4.6.1-2
bhaya fearSB 4.22.35
rudra-bhaya being afraid of RudraSB 4.24.68
bhaya-nāmnaḥ of Bhaya (Fear)SB 4.28.1
bhaya-nāmnaḥ of Bhaya (Fear)SB 4.28.11
bhaya-nāmā whose name was fearSB 4.28.22
bhaya fearSB 4.29.39-40
bhaya fearSB 5.6.5
bhaya of fearSB 5.8.4
uru-bhaya due to great fearSB 5.8.5
bhaya and from fearSB 5.8.6
bhaya fearSB 5.14.27
bhaya fearSB 5.18.14
bhaya-āturam who is very afraidSB 5.18.20
bhaya fearSB 6.1.51
harṣa-śoka-bhaya-ādayaḥ the sons named Harṣa, Śoka, Bhaya and so onSB 6.6.10-11
bhaya of fearSB 6.15.21-23
bhaya fearSB 6.16.13
bhaya-āvaham fearfulSB 6.18.69
saṃrambha-bhaya-yogena through intense fear and enmitySB 7.1.28-29
bhaya-udvignām disturbed and full of fearSB 7.7.7
bhaya and sometimes by fearSB 7.9.39
bhaya fearSB 7.13.34
bhaya-vihvalā being very disturbed by fearSB 8.22.19
bhaya-āturā in distress and fearSB 9.2.5-6
pratyanīka-bhaya-āvaham the Lord's disc, which was extremely fearful to the enemies of the Lord and His devoteesSB 9.4.28
bhaya-gīrṇa-ghoṣaḥ whose loud sound was silenced through fearSB 9.10.13
bhaya fearSB 9.10.53
viyoga-bhaya-kātarāḥ being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
duḥkha-śoka-bhaya-āvaham which is the cause of all kinds of distress, lamentation and fearSB 9.13.10
abrahmaṇya-bhaya-āvahām causing fear to the kings who had no respect for brahminical cultureSB 9.16.17
bhaya fearSB 10.4.27
bhaya-saṃvṛtān bewildered by fearSB 10.4.35
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
bhaya-sambhrānta-prekṣaṇa-akṣam began to look very carefully within Kṛṣṇa's mouth in fear, to see if Kṛṣṇa had eaten something dangerousSB 10.8.33
bhaya-vihvala-īkṣaṇam whose eyes appeared distressed because of such fear of His motherSB 10.9.11
nirghāta-bhaya-śańkitāḥ who were afraid of falling thunderboltsSB 10.11.1
bhaya-santrastān to the cowherd boys, who were disturbed by fear that within the dense forest the calves would be attacked by some ferocious animalsSB 10.13.13
bhaya and fearSB 10.16.10
bhaya dangerSB 10.16.12
bhaya-udvignāḥ agitated by fearSB 10.16.13-15
bhaya and fearSB 10.16.13-15
bhaya by fearSB 10.19.8
bhaya of the fearSB 10.29.41
bhaya of fearSB 10.34.15
bhaya out of fearSB 10.36.6
bhaya of the fearSB 10.40.19
kaṃsa-bhaya by fear of KaṃsaSB 10.45.15-16
bhaya by fearSB 10.50.5-6
bhaya-āvahāḥ terrifyingSB 10.50.25-28
bhaya with fearSB 10.54.4
bhaya by fearSB 10.54.32
bhaya-vitrastau seized with overwhelming fearSB 10.57.29
bhaya fearSB 10.60.24
bhaya with fearSB 10.66.36
bhaya the fearSB 10.70.25
bhaya the fearSB 10.85.19
bhaya fearSB 10.88.21
bhaya fearSB 10.89.20
bhaya with fearSB 11.1.20
bhaya fearSB 11.2.49
bhaya-abhaya fear and fearlessnessSB 11.6.13
bhaya fearSB 11.8.31
bhaya with fearSB 11.20.16
bhaya and fearSB 11.21.18
bhaya fearSB 11.28.15
bhaya-ādeḥ of fear and so onSB 11.29.21
bhaya because of fearSB 12.3.39-40
bhaya with fearSB 12.6.17
mahā-bhaya very fearfulSB 12.9.12
bhaya fearCC Adi 2.69
kahite bhaya afraid to speakCC Adi 4.236
bhaya fearCC Adi 5.195
bhaya fearCC Adi 14.59
bhaya afraidCC Adi 17.93
loka-bhaya the fearful peopleCC Adi 17.94
bhaya pāya become afraidCC Adi 17.95
bhaya fearCC Adi 17.132
pāpa-bhaya fear of sinful activitiesCC Adi 17.157
kariha bhaya be afraidCC Adi 17.177
bhaya fearCC Adi 17.182
bhaya fearCC Adi 17.186
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Adi 17.191
bhaya fearCC Adi 17.255
bhaya fearCC Madhya 1.214
bhaya fearCC Madhya 1.225
bhaya fearCC Madhya 3.98
bhaya fearCC Madhya 3.167
dharma-bhaya religious principlesCC Madhya 5.63
bhaya fearCC Madhya 5.105
bhaya fearCC Madhya 6.268
veda-bhaya afraid of the injunctions of the VedasCC Madhya 8.36
bhaya fearCC Madhya 9.51
bhaya fearCC Madhya 10.162
bhaya fearCC Madhya 11.4
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 11.13
bhaya citte we are very fearfulCC Madhya 12.18
kāre tomāra bhaya why should You be afraid of anyoneCC Madhya 12.49
bhaya fearCC Madhya 12.50
bhaya fearCC Madhya 13.103
bhaya fearCC Madhya 13.186
bhaya fearingCC Madhya 14.174
bhaya fearCC Madhya 14.176
bhaya fearCC Madhya 14.188
vicchedera bhaya because of fearing separationCC Madhya 16.10
yuddha-bhaya fear of fightingCC Madhya 16.173
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Madhya 17.27
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 17.169
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 17.171
bhaya nāhi kare they were not at all afraidCC Madhya 17.198
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 18.179
bhaya-kāńpa fear and tremblingCC Madhya 19.79
bhaya fearfulnessCC Madhya 19.187
bhaya haila there was fearCC Madhya 19.196
haila bhaya there was fearCC Madhya 19.198
su-duḥkha-bhaya due to great distress and fearCC Madhya 19.202
kari rāja-bhaya I am afraid of the governmentCC Madhya 20.9
rāja-bhaya fear of the governmentCC Madhya 20.10-11
bhaya fearCC Madhya 20.13
daitya-bhaya fear of the demonsCC Madhya 21.76
bhaya fearCC Madhya 21.143
bhaya fearCC Madhya 23.108
bhaya fearCC Madhya 24.136
bhaya upajila some fear aroseCC Madhya 24.252
lajjā-bhaya fear and shameCC Antya 2.100
bhaya fearCC Antya 3.184
bhaya lāja fear or shameCC Antya 3.219
pāi bhaya I am afraidCC Antya 3.220
bhaya fearCC Antya 3.221
bhaya fearCC Antya 5.129
sa-bhaya afraidCC Antya 6.23
kari bhaya I am afraidCC Antya 6.132
bhaya fearCC Antya 7.98
bhaya nāhi kare without fearCC Antya 8.20
bhaya fearCC Antya 8.52
bhaya nāhi māne he was not afraidCC Antya 9.25
nāhi rāja-bhaya without fear of the KingCC Antya 9.32
bhaya māni I am afraidCC Antya 10.96
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Antya 13.88
bhaya fearCC Antya 15.73
bhaya fearCC Antya 16.126
bhaya fearCC Antya 16.127
bhaya fearCC Antya 17.36
bhaya fearCC Antya 18.48
bhaya fearCC Antya 18.58
bhaya nā pāiha do not be afraidCC Antya 18.62
bhaya fearCC Antya 18.63
bhaya-aṃśa the fear partCC Antya 18.63
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Antya 18.66
bhaya fearCC Antya 18.67
nāhi bhaya there is no fearCC Antya 19.51
bhaya fearMM 32
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ who is not fearful of anyoneSB 5.18.20
vigata-sudarśana-bhayaḥ who is not afraid of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His Sudarśana cakraSB 5.24.28
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ without fearSB 6.1.17
akutaścit-bhayaḥ having no fear from any quarterSB 7.5.47
na kutaścit-bhayaḥ having no fear on any accountSB 10.63.49
akutaḥ-bhayaḥ free from fear in all circumstancesSB 11.12.14-15
bhayam fearBG 10.4-5
bhayam fearfulnessBG 18.35
bhayam fear itselfSB 1.1.14
akutaḥ-bhayam the life of fearlessnessSB 1.12.28
bhayam fearSB 1.13.18
bhayam dangerSB 1.14.10
bhayam cause of fearSB 1.17.9
mat-bhayam fear meSB 1.17.14
bhayam fearSB 1.17.31
bhayam fearfulnessSB 1.19.14
akutaḥ-bhayam free from all doubts and fearSB 2.1.11
bhayam fearfulnessSB 3.8.20
bhayam fearSB 3.9.6
bhayam-karaḥ horribleSB 3.12.25
bhayam fearfulnessSB 3.15.33
bhayam fearfulnessSB 3.15.48
akutaḥ-bhayam fearing no oneSB 3.17.22
akutaḥ-bhayam fearlesslySB 3.19.2
bhayam fearSB 3.24.40
bhayam fearSB 3.25.41
akutaḥ-bhayam without fearSB 3.25.43
bhayam fearSB 3.26.16
loka-bhayam-karaḥ causing fear throughout the universeSB 3.26.57
bhayam fearSB 3.27.20
bhayam fearSB 3.29.26
bhayam fearSB 3.29.37
akutaḥ-bhayam giving relief from all fearSB 3.31.12
bhayam FearfulnessSB 4.8.4
bhayam dangerSB 4.14.9
bhayam-karān causing panicSB 4.14.37
bhayam fearSB 4.26.24
bhayam fear of deathSB 4.27.18
bhayam FearSB 4.27.23
bhayam fearSB 4.29.51
bhayam fearSB 4.29.75
bhayam fearSB 5.1.17
akutaḥ-bhayam which is free from all kinds of fearful dangerSB 5.6.9
loka-bhayam-kara very fearful to all living entitiesSB 5.8.3
bhayam fearSB 5.8.12
bhayam fearSB 5.9.20
kṣut tṛṭ bhayam hunger, thirst and fearSB 5.10.10
akutaḥ-bhayam the shelter of fearlessnessSB 5.18.14
bhayam fearSB 5.18.20
bhayam fearful conditionsSB 5.22.13
bhayam fearfulnessSB 5.24.11
akutaḥ-bhayam fearlessnessSB 5.24.25
bhayam fearSB 6.8.27-28
loka-bhayam fear created by animals, poison, weapons, water, air, fire and so onSB 6.8.34
bhayam fearSB 6.8.37
akutaḥ-bhayam where there is no fear anywhere or at any timeSB 7.10.47
bhayam fearSB 7.13.33
bhayam fearSB 7.15.22
bhayam fearSB 7.15.43-44
bhayam fear (among them)SB 8.11.28
bhayam fearSB 8.15.23
akutaḥ-bhayam completely free of fearSB 8.22.10
arājaka-bhayam due to fear of the danger of an unregulated governmentSB 9.13.12
bhayam there is a cause of fearSB 10.1.44
bhayam fearSB 10.1.54
bhayam fearSB 10.1.54
bhayam fearSB 10.1.60
bhayam fearSB 10.2.6
bhayam fearfulSB 10.2.41
sarva-graha-bhayam-karaḥ who is fearful to all evil planetsSB 10.6.24
bhayam there was fear of deathSB 10.11.55
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
aprati-bhayam without fear of othersSB 10.16.9
bhayam fearSB 10.16.61
akutaḥ-bhayam which drive away all fearSB 10.17.24
bhayam fearSB 10.24.13
bhayam fearSB 10.29.15
bhayam her fearSB 10.60.32
bhayam one who has fearSB 10.60.42
bhayam fearSB 10.63.29
bhayam fearSB 10.63.29
akutaḥ-bhayam complete freedom from fearSB 10.70.35
bhayam fearSB 10.77.31
bhayam fearSB 10.87.32
bhayam fearSB 10.87.32
akutaścit-bhayam fearlessnessSB 11.2.33
bhayam fearSB 11.2.37
akutaḥ-bhayam without fear for any reasonSB 11.7.25
bhayam there is fearSB 11.10.30
bhayam there is fearSB 11.10.30
bhayam fearSB 11.10.33
bhayam fearSB 11.26.31
bhayam fearSB 11.28.5
bhayam the fearSB 11.29.49
bhayam fearSB 12.3.30
bhayam fearSB 12.6.71
bhayam fearSB 12.9.17-18
akutaḥ-bhayam free from fearSB 12.11.19
bhayam fearCC Madhya 20.119
bhayam fearCC Madhya 24.137
bhayam fearCC Madhya 25.138
mahā-bhayań-kara very fearfulCC Adi 17.178-179
mahā-bhayańkara very fearful bodily featuresCC Madhya 24.235
bhayau whose fearSB 10.82.38
tina bheda haya there are three different groupsCC Madhya 24.108
dui bheda haya there are two kindsCC Madhya 24.154
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
bhrama haya there is illusionCC Madhya 17.55
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
bodhayan awakeningBs 5.59
bodhayantaḥ preachingBG 10.9
bodhayantau giving instructionSB 6.15.1
bodhayanti wakingSB 10.70.2
bodhayanti they awakenSB 10.87.12-13
brahmā haya becomes Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 20.305
buddhayaḥ intelligenceBG 2.41
tat-buddhayaḥ those whose intelligence is always in the SupremeBG 5.17
sama-buddhayaḥ equally disposedBG 12.3-4
alpa-buddhayaḥ the less intelligentBG 16.9
buddhayaḥ with such intelligenceSB 2.6.37
nitya-buddhayaḥ thinking to be permanentSB 9.18.41
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not know the goal of lifeSB 10.2.32
buddhayaḥ thinking it to beSB 10.69.9-12
buddhayaḥ whose faculties of intelligenceSB 10.89.14-17
ku-buddhayaḥ having perverted intelligenceSB 11.21.26
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 22.30
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.131
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.141
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 25.32
candra haya are like the moonCC Madhya 21.125
chaya sixCC Adi 1.27
ei chaya-rūpe in these six featuresCC Adi 1.32
chaya sixCC Adi 1.33
chaya sixCC Adi 1.37
chaya sixCC Adi 1.43
chaya-rūpe in six formsCC Adi 2.99
chaya-rūpe in six formsCC Adi 2.100
chaya sixCC Adi 7.3
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Adi 13.12
chaya vatsara continuously for six yearsCC Adi 13.35
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Adi 13.38
chaya 6CC Adi 13.80
chaya-ṛtu the six seasonsCC Adi 17.238
chaya vatsara for six yearsCC Madhya 1.19
chaya vatsara for six yearsCC Madhya 1.23
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Madhya 1.246
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Madhya 1.285
pāńca-chaya five or sixCC Madhya 3.49
pāńca chaya five or six kindsCC Madhya 15.214
pāńca-chaya jane five or six menCC Madhya 16.276
chaya-śata six hundredCC Madhya 20.388
ei chaya all these sixCC Madhya 24.145
bāra chaya six timesCC Madhya 24.149
chaya sixCC Madhya 24.149
chaya-jana six personsCC Madhya 24.150
chaya vibheda therefore there are six varietiesCC Madhya 24.155
chaya prakāra six kindsCC Madhya 24.158
chaya sixCC Madhya 24.161
chaya sixCC Madhya 24.210
chaya mata six different thesesCC Madhya 25.53
chaya darśana haite from the six philosophical principlesCC Madhya 25.56
pāńca chaya five or sixCC Madhya 25.204
chaya vatsara continuously for six yearsCC Madhya 25.240
ei chaya these sixCC Antya 1.3-4
chaya sixCC Antya 11.9
hāta pāńca-chaya five to six cubits (one cubit equals about a foot and a half)CC Antya 14.64
chaya sixCC Antya 19.83
chayabhiḥ with the shadeSB 10.22.30
ubhaya-cihnena having both symptomsSB 3.32.34-36
cinite mana haya I desire to knowCC Madhya 11.72
citta haya there is a desireCC Madhya 2.89
bhaya citte we are very fearfulCC Madhya 12.18
abhaya-daḥ factual fearlessnessSB 4.24.53
abhaya-daiḥ which give fearlessnessSB 8.7.17
daitya-bhaya fear of the demonsCC Madhya 21.76
abhaya-dam the giver of fearlessnessSB 12.10.2
abhaya-dāna the charity of fearlessnessCC Madhya 11.3
daṇḍa haya there is punishmentCC Madhya 6.264-265
chaya darśana haite from the six philosophical principlesCC Madhya 25.56
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
datta-abhayam which assure fearlessnessCC Madhya 24.50
datta-abhayam which assure fearlessnessCC Antya 15.70
abhaya-de the giver of fearlessnessSB 11.4.9
dehārāmī haya are within the category of the bodily concept of lifeCC Madhya 24.216
deva-dundubhayaḥ the kettledrums beaten by the demigodsSB 8.11.41
deva-dundubhayaḥ kettledrums sounded by the demigodsSB 9.24.27
dharma-bhaya religious principlesCC Madhya 5.63
dharma-hāni haya that is a religious discrepancyCC Madhya 20.92
jala-dhayaḥ oceansSB 5.1.33
dhayantam drinkingSB 12.9.22-25
dhṛta-haya controlling the horsesSB 1.9.39
duḥkha-śoka-bhaya-āvaham which is the cause of all kinds of distress, lamentation and fearSB 9.13.10
su-duḥkha-bhaya due to great distress and fearCC Madhya 19.202
dui bheda haya there are two kindsCC Madhya 24.154
dundubhayaḥ drumsSB 1.9.45
dundubhayaḥ other different types of drumsSB 1.10.15
dundubhayaḥ celestial drumsSB 1.19.18
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 4.12.31
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 4.15.8
dundubhayaḥ the kettledrumsSB 6.12.34
dundubhayaḥ the kettledrumsSB 7.8.36
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 7.10.68
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 8.4.2
deva-dundubhayaḥ the kettledrums beaten by the demigodsSB 8.11.41
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 8.18.7
dundubhayaḥ trumpets and kettledrumsSB 8.20.20
deva-dundubhayaḥ kettledrums sounded by the demigodsSB 9.24.27
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.1.33
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB summary
dundubhayaḥ a kind of musical instrumentSB 10.5.5
dundubhayaḥ and kettledrumsSB 10.25.32
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.33.4
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.44.42
dundubhayaḥ and kettledrumsSB 10.50.37-38
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.65.22
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.75.20
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.77.37
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 10.83.27
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsSB 11.31.7
dundubhayaḥ the kettledrumsSB 12.6.15
dundubhayaḥ kettledrumsCC Adi 1.73-74
edhayati causes to increaseSB 7.1.12
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.68
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.71
eho haya this is also rightCC Madhya 8.74
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.191
ei chaya-rūpe in these six featuresCC Adi 1.32
ei haya this isCC Madhya 7.72
ei haya this isCC Madhya 9.256
ei-mata haya is like thisCC Madhya 16.185
ei chaya all these sixCC Madhya 24.145
ei nā haya āścarya this is not wonderful for youCC Madhya 24.272
ei chaya these sixCC Antya 1.3-4
eka haya there is one topicCC Madhya 8.192
eka pāśa haya stand to one sideCC Madhya 17.27
nā haya gaṇana not actually countableCC Madhya 20.348
nā haya gaṇane there was no countingCC Antya 6.66
gandhayaḥ fragrantSB 3.23.26
gandhayaḥ fragrantSB 3.23.48
garhayan repenting ofSB 11.20.27-28
garhayanti forbidSB 6.7.33
garhayantyaḥ condemningSB 6.14.39
sat-gati se haya he must have achieved liberationCC Antya 2.159
bhaya-gīrṇa-ghoṣaḥ whose loud sound was silenced through fearSB 9.10.13
bhaya-gīrṇa-ghoṣaḥ whose loud sound was silenced through fearSB 9.10.13
nā haya gocara is not possible to be understoodCC Antya 5.75
sarva-graha-bhayam-karaḥ who is fearful to all evil planetsSB 10.6.24
grāhayan just to disseminateSB 3.4.31
grāhayantau making others take toSB 10.45.32
grantha haya the book becomesCC Antya 18.10
guru haya is the spiritual masterCC Madhya 15.117
uru-bhaya-hā one who vanquishes great fearsSB 2.7.14
nirbhaya ha-ilā he became free from all anxietyCC Madhya 20.36
haihaya-ādyāḥ and others, like King HaihayaSB 2.7.4
haihaya the uncivilizedSB 9.8.5-6
haihaya-sutaḥ became the son of HaihayaSB 9.23.22
haihaya-kula of the dynasty of HaihayaSB 11.4.21
sa-haihayaḥ with his own men, the HaihayasSB 9.15.25
haihayaḥ KārtavīryārjunaSB 9.15.32
haihayaḥ HaihayaSB 9.23.17
haihayaḥ nahuṣaḥ veṇaḥ Haihaya (Kārtavīrya), Nahuṣa and VeṇaSB 10.73.20
bhaya haila there was fearCC Madhya 19.196
haila bhaya there was fearCC Madhya 19.198
chaya darśana haite from the six philosophical principlesCC Madhya 25.56
pūrṇatā haya hāna His completeness becomes damagedCC Madhya 25.33
dharma-hāni haya that is a religious discrepancyCC Madhya 20.92
harṣa-śoka-bhaya-ādayaḥ the sons named Harṣa, Śoka, Bhaya and so onSB 6.6.10-11
hāta pāńca-chaya five to six cubits (one cubit equals about a foot and a half)CC Antya 14.64
dhṛta-haya controlling the horsesSB 1.9.39
nāhi haya there is notCC Adi 5.53
acintya-śakti haya is inconceivableCC Adi 5.88
kṛṣṇa haya Kṛṣṇa isCC Adi 5.129
nā haya is not possibleCC Madhya 2.43
viṣa-jvālā haya there is suffering from poisonous effectsCC Madhya 2.50
citta haya there is a desireCC Madhya 2.89
nā haya there is notCC Madhya 2.90
yata haya as many as there wereCC Madhya 3.49
nāhi haya there was notCC Madhya 4.34
daṇḍa haya there is punishmentCC Madhya 6.264-265
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
aiche kaiche haya how is this possibleCC Madhya 7.15
ei haya this isCC Madhya 7.72
vaiṣṇava haya become devoteesCC Madhya 7.103
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.68
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.71
eho haya this is also rightCC Madhya 8.74
kichu haya there is somethingCC Madhya 8.96
eho haya this is all rightCC Madhya 8.191
eka haya there is one topicCC Madhya 8.192
nā haya is notCC Madhya 8.201
nāhi haya are neverCC Madhya 8.203
vaiṣṇava haya become devoteesCC Madhya 9.8
sarva-upari haya is the topmostCC Madhya 9.139
vāñchā haya is My desireCC Madhya 9.172
pāka nāhi haya you did not cookCC Madhya 9.181
ei haya this isCC Madhya 9.256
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
nā haya is notCC Madhya 10.7
vāñchā haya I desireCC Madhya 10.97
yadi ājñā haya if you kindly give me permissionCC Madhya 11.19
cinite mana haya I desire to knowCC Madhya 11.72
vidīrṇa haya mana mind becomes disturbedCC Madhya 11.157
bhāla haya is rightCC Madhya 12.35
nā haya there was notCC Madhya 12.147
kon haya who is anotherCC Madhya 12.182
udaya haya awakenCC Madhya 13.101
nāhi haya did not take placeCC Madhya 14.107
keha haya some areCC Madhya 14.143
keha haya some of them areCC Madhya 14.152
mahā-bhāva haya there is mahā-bhāvaCC Madhya 14.175
avasara nāhi haya there was little timeCC Madhya 15.80
nāhi haya is not possibleCC Madhya 15.95
guru haya is the spiritual masterCC Madhya 15.117
naṣṭa haya becomes destroyedCC Madhya 15.173
mukta haya becomes liberatedCC Madhya 15.174
siddha haya has been preparedCC Madhya 15.232
śāstra-ājñā haya there is such an order in the revealed scriptureCC Madhya 15.236
tṛpta haya can be satisfiedCC Madhya 15.248
kṛṣṇa-premā haya one gets love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 16.121
nā haya is notCC Madhya 16.148
ei-mata haya is like thisCC Madhya 16.185
sukha haya there is happinessCC Madhya 17.10
sabāra haya sukha everyone will be happyCC Madhya 17.18
eka pāśa haya stand to one sideCC Madhya 17.27
bhrama haya there is illusionCC Madhya 17.55
mane haya considersCC Madhya 17.55
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 17.75
jñāna haya one comes to the conclusionCC Madhya 17.109
utkaṇṭhā haya there was great anxietyCC Madhya 18.43
mūrti haya there are deitiesCC Madhya 18.59
mora icchā haya I wishCC Madhya 18.86
saba satya haya all that you have said is correctCC Madhya 18.95
satya haya is trueCC Madhya 18.107
pāṣaṇḍī haya is a first-class atheistCC Madhya 18.115
mańgala haya there is auspiciousnessCC Madhya 18.142
sukha haya it will be great happiness for meCC Madhya 18.150
satya haya is trueCC Madhya 18.199
matta haya becomes overwhelmedCC Madhya 18.219
nā haya pratīti there is no beliefCC Madhya 18.225
kruddha haya becomes angryCC Madhya 19.14
ājñā haya if there is permissionCC Madhya 19.239
keha haya is there anyoneCC Madhya 20.48
dharma-hāni haya that is a religious discrepancyCC Madhya 20.92
kṛṣṇa-unmukha haya one becomes Kṛṣṇa consciousCC Madhya 20.120
vaśa haya becomes satisfiedCC Madhya 20.136
śakti-kārya haya they are all activities of Kṛṣṇa's potenciesCC Madhya 20.150
nā haya there cannot beCC Madhya 20.169
sei sei haya They areCC Madhya 20.208
āśraya haya becomes the shelterCC Madhya 20.293
brahmā haya becomes Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 20.305
śateka vatsara haya there are one hundred yearsCC Madhya 20.322
nā haya gaṇana not actually countableCC Madhya 20.348
prakaṭa haya are manifestedCC Madhya 20.379
nitya haya are eternalCC Madhya 20.385
prahara haya there is a praharaCC Madhya 20.389
asta haya the sun sets in the eveningCC Madhya 20.390
kon ājñā haya what is Your orderCC Madhya 21.74
nā haya udgama never to come up againCC Madhya 21.113
candra haya are like the moonCC Madhya 21.125
lupta haya becomes hiddenCC Madhya 21.143
śraddhā yadi haya if there is faithCC Madhya 23.9
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 23.20
vaśa haya comes under controlCC Madhya 24.29
tina bheda haya there are three different groupsCC Madhya 24.108
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 24.109
mukti haya liberation is attainedCC Madhya 24.139
lupta haya become unpronouncedCC Madhya 24.149
dui bheda haya there are two kindsCC Madhya 24.154
artha haya there are the meaningsCC Madhya 24.162
mahā-pūrṇa haya becomes perfectly perfectCC Madhya 24.180
dehārāmī haya are within the category of the bodily concept of lifeCC Madhya 24.216
saṃśaya haya there is a doubtCC Madhya 24.239
tomāra haya all belong to youCC Madhya 24.240
ei nā haya āścarya this is not wonderful for youCC Madhya 24.272
hiṃsā-śūnya haya one becomes nonviolent and nonenviousCC Madhya 24.272
saba lopa haya all of them are rejectedCC Madhya 24.298
yaiche haya just as in this sentenceCC Madhya 24.300
sei artha haya that is the only meaningCC Madhya 24.311
vātula haya becomes a madmanCC Madhya 24.323
sei siddha haya that is perfectly doneCC Madhya 24.327
mukti haya one can get liberationCC Madhya 25.30
pūrṇatā haya hāna His completeness becomes damagedCC Madhya 25.33
viśva haya the cosmic manifestation has comeCC Madhya 25.51
īśvara haya the Supreme Lord isCC Madhya 25.52
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya I become minimized in My strengthCC Madhya 25.73
sarva-nāśa haya everything becomes lostCC Madhya 25.82
śunite haya mati I wish to hearCC Madhya 25.90
kichu haya is thereCC Madhya 25.98
nā haya is notCC Madhya 25.117
nā haya is notCC Antya 1.193
loka haya people becameCC Antya 2.21
prema-ākṛṣṭa haya is attracted by loveCC Antya 2.34-35
satya haya it was a factCC Antya 2.72
nā haya there is noCC Antya 2.91
ājñā haya please give permissionCC Antya 2.132
nā haya tāra is not hisCC Antya 2.159
sat-gati se haya he must have achieved liberationCC Antya 2.159
nā haya is notCC Antya 3.24
kebā haya what to speak ofCC Antya 3.24
nā haya kāhāra no one dares to doCC Antya 3.44
nā haya vināśa is not destroyedCC Antya 3.55
yogya haya it is fitCC Antya 3.155
mokṣa haya there is liberationCC Antya 3.177
mukti haya there is liberationCC Antya 3.195
nā haya is not possibleCC Antya 4.91
hita haya there will be benefitCC Antya 4.140
aparādha haya there is offenseCC Antya 4.152
nā haya is notCC Antya 4.197
nā haya is not possibleCC Antya 5.71
nā haya gocara is not possible to be understoodCC Antya 5.75
nā haya gaṇane there was no countingCC Antya 6.66
yogya haya is fitCC Antya 6.151
khāḍā haya standsCC Antya 6.217
khāḍā haya standsCC Antya 6.255
nā haya is notCC Antya 6.274
nā haya is notCC Antya 6.275
icchā haya there is a desireCC Antya 7.145
bākī haya balance is dueCC Antya 9.48
mote viṣaya nā haya I am no longer interested in material opulencesCC Antya 9.139
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
punaḥ-ukti haya it will be repetitionCC Antya 10.51
icchā haya You likeCC Antya 11.29
jñāna haya I thinkCC Antya 12.94
praphullita haya becomes healthy and developedCC Antya 13.4
aiche haya is suchCC Antya 13.57
āmāra vā haya may be MineCC Antya 14.30
nā haya there is notCC Antya 14.82
aiche haya may be suchCC Antya 16.29
nā haya there was notCC Antya 17.19
sthira haya becomes patientCC Antya 17.54
yata haya as many as there areCC Antya 17.64
grantha haya the book becomesCC Antya 18.10
ācārya haya pūjaka prabala Advaita Ācārya is a great worshiperCC Antya 19.25
kṣata haya there was injuryCC Antya 19.64
tāra haya he certainly maintainsCC Antya 19.109
sarva siddhi haya there is all perfectionCC Antya 20.18
mahā-hayaḥ a huge horseSB 10.37.1-2
hiṃsā-śūnya haya one becomes nonviolent and nonenviousCC Madhya 24.272
hita haya there will be benefitCC Antya 4.140
mora icchā haya I wishCC Madhya 18.86
icchā haya there is a desireCC Antya 7.145
icchā haya You likeCC Antya 11.29
bhaya-vihvala-īkṣaṇam whose eyes appeared distressed because of such fear of His motherSB 10.9.11
nirbhaya ha-ilā he became free from all anxietyCC Madhya 20.36
ubhaya-indriya of both groups of sensesSB 4.29.7
ubhaya-indriyāṇi both kinds of senses (knowledge-acquiring and active)SB 11.4.4
īśvara haya the Supreme Lord isCC Madhya 25.52
jagat-bhaya the fear of material existenceSB 1.11.3
jala-dhayaḥ oceansSB 5.1.33
chaya-jana six personsCC Madhya 24.150
pāńca-chaya jane five or six menCC Madhya 16.276
jñāna haya one comes to the conclusionCC Madhya 17.109
jñāna haya I thinkCC Antya 12.94
viṣa-jvālā haya there is suffering from poisonous effectsCC Madhya 2.50
nā haya kāhāra no one dares to doCC Antya 3.44
kahaya is saidCC Madhya 6.271
kahaya speakCC Madhya 9.19
kahaya is saidCC Madhya 24.25
kṛṣṇere kahaya Kṛṣṇa is indicatedCC Madhya 24.82
kahaya is applicableCC Madhya 24.162
kahaya speakCC Antya 5.78
kahite bhaya afraid to speakCC Adi 4.236
aiche kaiche haya how is this possibleCC Madhya 7.15
kaṃsa-bhaya by fear of KaṃsaSB 10.45.15-16
bhaya-kāńpa fear and tremblingCC Madhya 19.79
loka-bhayam-kara very fearful to all living entitiesSB 5.8.3
mahā-bhayań-kara very fearfulCC Adi 17.178-179
bhayam-karaḥ horribleSB 3.12.25
loka-bhayam-karaḥ causing fear throughout the universeSB 3.26.57
abhayam-karaḥ always killing the causes of fearSB 10.2.16
sarva-graha-bhayam-karaḥ who is fearful to all evil planetsSB 10.6.24
bhayam-karān causing panicSB 4.14.37
kāre tomāra bhaya why should You be afraid of anyoneCC Madhya 12.49
bhaya nāhi kare they were not at all afraidCC Madhya 17.198
bhaya nāhi kare without fearCC Antya 8.20
kari rāja-bhaya I am afraid of the governmentCC Madhya 20.9
kari bhaya I am afraidCC Antya 6.132
kariha bhaya be afraidCC Adi 17.177
karma-sārathayaḥ whose chariot drivers are the results of their own past activitiesSB 5.23.3
śakti-kārya haya they are all activities of Kṛṣṇa's potenciesCC Madhya 20.150
viyoga-bhaya-kātarāḥ being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
kathaya describeBG 10.18
kathaya speakSB 6.18.70
kathaya speakSB 7.5.9
kathaya please tellSB 10.58.19
kathayan recountingSB 12.10.38
kathayantaḥ talkingBG 10.9
kathayantaḥ describingSB 10.34.19
kathayanti they chantSB 3.25.23
kathayanti they tellSB 11.23.4
kathayantyaḥ speakingSB 10.16.21
kathayasva please continue speakingSB 2.8.3
kathayasva please tellSB 10.42.2
kathayata please narrateSB 10.65.14
kathayata please speakCC Antya 17.51
kathayataḥ speakingBG 18.75
kathayataḥ as you are speakingSB 2.4.5
kathayatoḥ engaged in conversationSB 1.16.36
kebā haya what to speak ofCC Antya 3.24
keha haya some areCC Madhya 14.143
keha haya some of them areCC Madhya 14.152
keha haya is there anyoneCC Madhya 20.48
khāḍā haya standsCC Antya 6.217
khāḍā haya standsCC Antya 6.255
kichu haya there is somethingCC Madhya 8.96
kichu haya is thereCC Madhya 25.98
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
kon haya who is anotherCC Madhya 12.182
kon ājñā haya what is Your orderCC Madhya 21.74
kṛṣṇa haya Kṛṣṇa isCC Adi 5.129
kṛṣṇa-premā haya one gets love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 16.121
kṛṣṇa-unmukha haya one becomes Kṛṣṇa consciousCC Madhya 20.120
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
kṛṣṇere kahaya Kṛṣṇa is indicatedCC Madhya 24.82
bhaya-kṛt a source of fearSB 3.18.22-23
kṛta-abhayam which causes fearlessnessSB 7.9.5
ubhaya-kṛtya duties of this life and the nextSB 9.6.52
kruddha haya becomes angryCC Madhya 19.14
kṣata haya there was injuryCC Antya 19.64
kṣobhayanti agitateSB 10.31.10
kṣut tṛṭ bhayam hunger, thirst and fearSB 5.10.10
ku-buddhayaḥ having perverted intelligenceSB 11.21.26
haihaya-kula of the dynasty of HaihayaSB 11.4.21
na kutaścit-bhayaḥ having no fear on any accountSB 10.63.49
labdhaya for gainingSB 2.7.13
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
bhaya lāja fear or shameCC Antya 3.219
lajjā-bhaya fear and shameCC Antya 2.100
ubhaya-lakṣaṇam of both typesSB 5.4.8
lańghayantī crossing overCC Antya 1.155
lańghayate causes to cross overCC Madhya 17.80
lańghayate causes to cross overCC Antya 1.1
ubhaya-lińgam symptoms of bothSB 4.4.20
loka-bhayam-karaḥ causing fear throughout the universeSB 3.26.57
loka-bhayam-kara very fearful to all living entitiesSB 5.8.3
loka-bhayam fear created by animals, poison, weapons, water, air, fire and so onSB 6.8.34
loka-bhaya the fearful peopleCC Adi 17.94
loka haya people becameCC Antya 2.21
saba lopa haya all of them are rejectedCC Madhya 24.298
lupta haya becomes hiddenCC Madhya 21.143
lupta haya become unpronouncedCC Madhya 24.149
luṭhayantī plunderingSB 5.17.9
mahā-hayaḥ a huge horseSB 10.37.1-2
mahā-bhaya very fearfulSB 12.9.12
mahā-bhayań-kara very fearfulCC Adi 17.178-179
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Adi 17.191
mahā-bhāva haya there is mahā-bhāvaCC Madhya 14.175
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Madhya 17.27
mahā-pūrṇa haya becomes perfectly perfectCC Madhya 24.180
mahā-bhayańkara very fearful bodily featuresCC Madhya 24.235
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Antya 13.88
mahā-bhaya great fearCC Antya 18.66
mahāhayaḥ MahāhayaSB 9.23.17
cinite mana haya I desire to knowCC Madhya 11.72
vidīrṇa haya mana mind becomes disturbedCC Madhya 11.157
manaḥ-samṛddhayaḥ considering themselves very richSB 4.9.36
mane haya considersCC Madhya 17.55
bhaya nāhi māne he was not afraidCC Antya 9.25
mańgala haya there is auspiciousnessCC Madhya 18.142
bhaya māni I am afraidCC Antya 10.96
mat-bhayam fear meSB 1.17.14
ei-mata haya is like thisCC Madhya 16.185
chaya mata six different thesesCC Madhya 25.53
śunite haya mati I wish to hearCC Madhya 25.90
matta haya becomes overwhelmedCC Madhya 18.219
mohayan alluringSB 1.3.17
mohayan captivatingSB 1.8.44
mohayan bewilderingSB 1.9.18
mohayan captivatingSB 8.12.47
mohayan bewilderingSB 8.24.25
mohayasi You are bewilderingBG 3.2
mohayati bewildersSB 3.4.17
mokṣa haya there is liberationCC Antya 3.177
mora icchā haya I wishCC Madhya 18.86
mote viṣaya nā haya I am no longer interested in material opulencesCC Antya 9.139
mukta haya becomes liberatedCC Madhya 15.174
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
mukti haya liberation is attainedCC Madhya 24.139
mukti haya one can get liberationCC Madhya 25.30
mukti haya there is liberationCC Antya 3.195
mūrti haya there are deitiesCC Madhya 18.59
na kutaścit-bhayaḥ having no fear on any accountSB 10.63.49
na samarthayati does not bestowSB 10.81.37
na rodhayati does not controlSB 11.12.1-2
nā haya is not possibleCC Madhya 2.43
nā haya there is notCC Madhya 2.90
nā haya is notCC Madhya 8.201
nā haya is notCC Madhya 10.7
nā haya there was notCC Madhya 12.147
nā haya is notCC Madhya 16.148
nā haya pratīti there is no beliefCC Madhya 18.225
nā haya there cannot beCC Madhya 20.169
nā haya gaṇana not actually countableCC Madhya 20.348
nā haya udgama never to come up againCC Madhya 21.113
ei nā haya āścarya this is not wonderful for youCC Madhya 24.272
nā haya is notCC Madhya 25.117
nā haya is notCC Antya 1.193
nā haya there is noCC Antya 2.91
nā haya tāra is not hisCC Antya 2.159
nā haya is notCC Antya 3.24
nā haya kāhāra no one dares to doCC Antya 3.44
nā haya vināśa is not destroyedCC Antya 3.55
nā haya is not possibleCC Antya 4.91
nā haya is notCC Antya 4.197
nā haya is not possibleCC Antya 5.71
nā haya gocara is not possible to be understoodCC Antya 5.75
nā haya gaṇane there was no countingCC Antya 6.66
nā haya is notCC Antya 6.274
nā haya is notCC Antya 6.275
mote viṣaya nā haya I am no longer interested in material opulencesCC Antya 9.139
nā haya there is notCC Antya 14.82
nā haya there was notCC Antya 17.19
bhaya nā pāiha do not be afraidCC Antya 18.62
nāhi haya there is notCC Adi 5.53
nāhi haya there was notCC Madhya 4.34
nāhi haya are neverCC Madhya 8.203
pāka nāhi haya you did not cookCC Madhya 9.181
nāhi haya did not take placeCC Madhya 14.107
avasara nāhi haya there was little timeCC Madhya 15.80
nāhi haya is not possibleCC Madhya 15.95
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 17.75
bhaya nāhi kare they were not at all afraidCC Madhya 17.198
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 23.20
nāhi haya there is notCC Madhya 24.109
bhaya nāhi kare without fearCC Antya 8.20
bhaya nāhi māne he was not afraidCC Antya 9.25
nāhi rāja-bhaya without fear of the KingCC Antya 9.32
nāhi bhaya there is no fearCC Antya 19.51
haihayaḥ nahuṣaḥ veṇaḥ Haihaya (Kārtavīrya), Nahuṣa and VeṇaSB 10.73.20
bhaya-nāmā whose name was fearSB 4.28.22
bhaya-nāmnaḥ of Bhaya (Fear)SB 4.28.1
bhaya-nāmnaḥ of Bhaya (Fear)SB 4.28.11
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya I become minimized in My strengthCC Madhya 25.73
sarva-nāśa haya everything becomes lostCC Madhya 25.82
naṣṭa haya becomes destroyedCC Madhya 15.173
nāthaya please awardSB 2.9.26
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
nirbhaya fearlessCC Madhya 18.167
nirbhaya also fearlessCC Madhya 18.167
nirbhaya ha-ilā he became free from all anxietyCC Madhya 20.36
nirbhayaḥ without any doubtSB 2.2.28
nirbhayam fearlessnessSB 10.3.27
nirghāta-bhaya-śańkitāḥ who were afraid of falling thunderboltsSB 10.11.1
niṣedhaya forbidCC Madhya 8.36
nitya-buddhayaḥ thinking to be permanentSB 9.18.41
nitya haya are eternalCC Madhya 20.385
nyabodhayat submittedSB 3.2.22
oṣadhayaḥ drugsSB 1.10.5
oṣadhayaḥ grainsSB 2.6.25
oṣadhayaḥ the herbs and drugsSB 3.26.56
oṣadhayaḥ herbs and food grainsSB 4.18.6
oṣadhayaḥ the plantsSB 10.27.26
oṣadhayaḥ the plantsSB 10.40.13-14
oṣadhayaḥ herbal plantsSB 10.63.35-36
oṣadhayaḥ the herbsSB 11.4.18
mukti-pada haya is known as mukti-padaCC Madhya 6.272
pāi bhaya I am afraidCC Antya 3.220
bhaya nā pāiha do not be afraidCC Antya 18.62
pāka nāhi haya you did not cookCC Madhya 9.181
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 11.13
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 17.169
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 17.171
bhaya pāñā being afraidCC Madhya 18.179
pāńca-chaya five or sixCC Madhya 3.49
pāńca chaya five or six kindsCC Madhya 15.214
pāńca-chaya jane five or six menCC Madhya 16.276
pāńca chaya five or sixCC Madhya 25.204
hāta pāńca-chaya five to six cubits (one cubit equals about a foot and a half)CC Antya 14.64
pāpa-bhaya fear of sinful activitiesCC Adi 17.157
paridhayaḥ encirclementSB 1.14.15
paridhayaḥ misty halosSB 3.17.8
eka pāśa haya stand to one sideCC Madhya 17.27
pāṣaṇḍī haya is a first-class atheistCC Madhya 18.115
bhaya pāya become afraidCC Adi 17.95
payodhayaḥ great seas and oceansSB 8.20.21
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
ācārya haya pūjaka prabala Advaita Ācārya is a great worshiperCC Antya 19.25
prabodhayan enlighteningSB 3.6.3
prabodhayan to get everyone to rise, waking up and informing themSB 10.12.1
prabodhayati gives good counselSB 4.28.20
sakala-abhaya-pradaḥ who is the source of fearlessness for everyoneSB 10.12.27
prahara haya there is a praharaCC Madhya 20.389
chaya prakāra six kindsCC Madhya 24.158
prakaṭa haya are manifestedCC Madhya 20.379
pralobhaya allureSB 7.10.2
pralobhayan luring with foodSB 7.2.50
pralobhayantīm alluringSB 3.20.37
praphullita haya becomes healthy and developedCC Antya 13.4
prārthayante pray forBG 9.20
prārthayantīm seekingSB 3.22.18
prārthayataḥ of those who ask forSB 1.18.20
prārthayate beggingSB 3.9.29
prathayan establishedSB 2.7.20
prathayan chantingSB 4.23.39
prathayan giving an exampleSB 9.10.11
prathayan expanding the Vedic principlesSB 9.24.66
pratibhaya-ākāram dangerouslySB 1.6.13
pratibodhayan awakeningSB 10.16.49
nā haya pratīti there is no beliefCC Madhya 18.225
pratyabodhayan submitted as followsSB 3.12.29
pratyabodhayat gave instructionsSB 4.25.3
pratyanīka-bhaya-āvaham the Lord's disc, which was extremely fearful to the enemies of the Lord and His devoteesSB 9.4.28
pratyarhayantam reciprocatingSB 3.8.27
bhaya-sambhrānta-prekṣaṇa-akṣam began to look very carefully within Kṛṣṇa's mouth in fear, to see if Kṛṣṇa had eaten something dangerousSB 10.8.33
kṛṣṇa-premā haya one gets love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 16.121
prema-ākṛṣṭa haya is attracted by loveCC Antya 2.34-35
ācārya haya pūjaka prabala Advaita Ācārya is a great worshiperCC Antya 19.25
punaḥ-ukti haya it will be repetitionCC Antya 10.51
mahā-pūrṇa haya becomes perfectly perfectCC Madhya 24.180
pūrṇatā haya hāna His completeness becomes damagedCC Madhya 25.33
pūrta-vidhayaḥ prescribed pious worksMM 21
kari rāja-bhaya I am afraid of the governmentCC Madhya 20.9
rāja-bhaya fear of the governmentCC Madhya 20.10-11
nāhi rāja-bhaya without fear of the KingCC Antya 9.32
randhaya randhaya kindly vanquishSB 5.18.8
randhaya randhaya kindly vanquishSB 5.18.8
reṇuhayaḥ ReṇuhayaSB 9.23.17
na rodhayati does not controlSB 11.12.1-2
chaya-ṛtu the six seasonsCC Adi 17.238
rudra-bhaya being afraid of RudraSB 4.24.68
ei chaya-rūpe in these six featuresCC Adi 1.32
chaya-rūpe in six formsCC Adi 2.99
chaya-rūpe in six formsCC Adi 2.100
sa-haihayaḥ with his own men, the HaihayasSB 9.15.25
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
sa-bhaya afraidCC Antya 6.23
saba satya haya all that you have said is correctCC Madhya 18.95
saba lopa haya all of them are rejectedCC Madhya 24.298
sabāra haya sukha everyone will be happyCC Madhya 17.18
sādhaya placeSB 4.8.13
sādhaya execute the sacrifice to getSB 4.13.32
sādhayanti executeSB 4.23.27
sādhayati brings under controlSB 11.14.20
sādhayati he is strivingSB 11.23.38-39
sādhayati causes to remain satisfiedCC Adi 17.76
sādhayati causes to remain satisfiedCC Madhya 20.137
sādhayati causes to remain satisfiedCC Madhya 25.137
sādhayati causes to remain satisfiedCC Antya 4.59
sādhayati leadsBs 5.60
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
sahaya toleratesCC Adi 17.150
sahaya can tolerateCC Madhya 7.15
sakala-abhaya-pradaḥ who is the source of fearlessness for everyoneSB 10.12.27
acintya-śakti haya is inconceivableCC Adi 5.88
śakti-kārya haya they are all activities of Kṛṣṇa's potenciesCC Madhya 20.150
sama-buddhayaḥ equally disposedBG 12.3-4
samādhayaḥ remaining in tranceSB 7.9.46
samarhayat he honored themSB 10.53.35
samarhayat fully worshipedSB 10.74.26
na samarthayati does not bestowSB 10.81.37
samasādhayat achievedSB 11.23.30
samavardhayat perfectly improvedSB 1.17.42
ubhaya sambandha both relationshipsCC Adi 5.86
bhaya-sambhrānta-prekṣaṇa-akṣam began to look very carefully within Kṛṣṇa's mouth in fear, to see if Kṛṣṇa had eaten something dangerousSB 10.8.33
sambodhayanti pacifySB 3.16.11
sammohayan wanting to mystifySB 10.13.44
sammohayan completely enchantingSB 10.48.28
saṃrambha-bhaya-yogena through intense fear and enmitySB 7.1.28-29
manaḥ-samṛddhayaḥ considering themselves very richSB 4.9.36
saṃśaya haya there is a doubtCC Madhya 24.239
saṃspṛhayanti verily desireSB 3.2.19
saṃvardhayanti increase happinessSB 9.4.25
bhaya-saṃvṛtān bewildered by fearSB 10.4.35
sańgrāhayan instructingSB 10.82.3-6
sańkathayan conversingSB 10.81.1-2
nirghāta-bhaya-śańkitāḥ who were afraid of falling thunderboltsSB 10.11.1
sańkṣobhayan agitatingSB 11.9.19
bhaya-santrastān to the cowherd boys, who were disturbed by fear that within the dense forest the calves would be attacked by some ferocious animalsSB 10.13.13
karma-sārathayaḥ whose chariot drivers are the results of their own past activitiesSB 5.23.3
sarva-graha-bhayam-karaḥ who is fearful to all evil planetsSB 10.6.24
sarva-upari haya is the topmostCC Madhya 9.139
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya I become minimized in My strengthCC Madhya 25.73
sarva-nāśa haya everything becomes lostCC Madhya 25.82
sarva siddhi haya there is all perfectionCC Antya 20.18
śāstra-ājñā haya there is such an order in the revealed scriptureCC Madhya 15.236
sat-gati se haya he must have achieved liberationCC Antya 2.159
chaya-śata six hundredCC Madhya 20.388
śateka vatsara haya there are one hundred yearsCC Madhya 20.322
saba satya haya all that you have said is correctCC Madhya 18.95
satya haya is trueCC Madhya 18.107
satya haya is trueCC Madhya 18.199
satya haya it was a factCC Antya 2.72
sat-gati se haya he must have achieved liberationCC Antya 2.159
sei sei haya They areCC Madhya 20.208
sei sei haya They areCC Madhya 20.208
sei artha haya that is the only meaningCC Madhya 24.311
sei siddha haya that is perfectly doneCC Madhya 24.327
ubhaya-śeṣābhyām by the remainder of the results of piety or viceSB 5.26.37
siddha haya has been preparedCC Madhya 15.232
sei siddha haya that is perfectly doneCC Madhya 24.327
siddhayaḥ satisfactionSB 4.21.33
siddhayaḥ the mystic perfections of yogaSB 11.15.1
siddhayaḥ perfectionsSB 11.15.2
siddhayaḥ mystic perfectionsSB 11.15.3
siddhayaḥ mystic perfectionsSB 11.15.4-5
siddhayaḥ perfectionsSB 11.15.8-9
siddhayaḥ the mystic perfectionsSB 11.15.31
siddhayaḥ perfectionsSB 11.15.34
siddhayaḥ accomplishedSB 11.22.16
sarva siddhi haya there is all perfectionCC Antya 20.18
ślāghayanti glorify as very importantSB 7.15.37
śobhaya is beautifulCC Madhya 16.273
śobhayantau beautifyingSB 10.38.28-33
harṣa-śoka-bhaya-ādayaḥ the sons named Harṣa, Śoka, Bhaya and so onSB 6.6.10-11
duḥkha-śoka-bhaya-āvaham which is the cause of all kinds of distress, lamentation and fearSB 9.13.10
spṛhayantaḥ desiringSB 8.16.37
spṛhayanti they desireSB 3.25.34
spṛhayase you desireSB 10.90.16
spṛhayati desiresSB 5.6.15
spṛhayati desiresCC Madhya 1.76
spṛhayati desiresCC Antya 1.79
spṛhayati desiresCC Antya 1.114
spṛhayatīḥ hankering forSB 10.35.6-7
spṛhayatīm hankering for HimSB 10.62.15
śraddhā yadi haya if there is faithCC Madhya 23.9
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
stambhayan trying to controlSB 6.1.62
sthira haya becomes patientCC Antya 17.54
su-duḥkha-bhaya due to great distress and fearCC Madhya 19.202
vigata-sudarśana-bhayaḥ who is not afraid of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His Sudarśana cakraSB 5.24.28
sukha haya there is happinessCC Madhya 17.10
sabāra haya sukha everyone will be happyCC Madhya 17.18
sukha haya it will be great happiness for meCC Madhya 18.150
sukhayanti give pleasureSB 6.13.11
sukhayati gives happinessSB 10.87.34
sukhayati gives happinessSB 11.10.20
śunite haya mati I wish to hearCC Madhya 25.90
ubhaya-artha-śūnya which cannot give happiness either in this life or in the nextSB 5.14.12
hiṃsā-śūnya haya one becomes nonviolent and nonenviousCC Madhya 24.272
surabhayaḥ fragrancesCC Madhya 1.58
surabhayaḥ fragrancesCC Madhya 13.121
surabhayaḥ fragrancesCC Antya 1.78
haihaya-sutaḥ became the son of HaihayaSB 9.23.22
svadhayati is giving me pleasureSB 5.8.25
ubhaya-anubhava-svarūpeṇa by understanding the proper situation of the body and the soulSB 5.5.30
nā haya tāra is not hisCC Antya 2.159
tāra haya he certainly maintainsCC Antya 19.109
tat-buddhayaḥ those whose intelligence is always in the SupremeBG 5.17
tina bheda haya there are three different groupsCC Madhya 24.108
kāre tomāra bhaya why should You be afraid of anyoneCC Madhya 12.49
tomāra haya all belong to youCC Madhya 24.240
tṛpta haya can be satisfiedCC Madhya 15.248
kṣut tṛṭ bhayam hunger, thirst and fearSB 5.10.10
ubhaya bothBG 6.38
ubhaya bothSB 1.9.26
ubhaya for both of themSB 2.6.21
ubhaya bothSB 2.9.8
ubhaya of bothSB 2.10.8
ubhaya-āśrayam dependent on both the demigod and the handSB 2.10.24
ubhaya-āśrayam shelter for bothSB 2.10.26
ubhaya bothSB 2.10.27
ubhaya bothSB 2.10.28
ubhaya-ātmakaḥ both ways (namely vaikṛta and prākṛta)SB 3.10.27
ubhaya in bothSB 3.25.39-40
ubhaya-cihnena having both symptomsSB 3.32.34-36
ubhaya-lińgam symptoms of bothSB 4.4.20
ubhaya-indriya of both groups of sensesSB 4.29.7
ubhaya-lakṣaṇam of both typesSB 5.4.8
ubhaya-anubhava-svarūpeṇa by understanding the proper situation of the body and the soulSB 5.5.30
ubhaya-artha-śūnya which cannot give happiness either in this life or in the nextSB 5.14.12
ubhaya on both sidesSB 5.21.2
ubhaya-śeṣābhyām by the remainder of the results of piety or viceSB 5.26.37
ubhaya-ātmakam simultaneously dry and moistSB 8.11.39
ubhaya-kṛtya duties of this life and the nextSB 9.6.52
ubhaya bothSB 10.1.1
ubhaya from both (good fortune in this world and in the next)SB 10.60.48
ubhaya bothSB 10.71.3
ubhaya bothSB 10.80.4
ubhaya of bothSB 10.87.31
ubhaya of both (the real and illusion)SB 10.87.36
ubhaya-indriyāṇi both kinds of senses (knowledge-acquiring and active)SB 11.4.4
ubhaya-atītaḥ one who has transcended both (the conceptions of mundane right and wrong)SB 11.7.11
ubhaya from both of themSB 11.19.40-45
ubhaya of both (the seen nature and the jīva who is its seer)SB 11.22.19
ubhaya of bothSB 11.23.9
ubhaya-ātmikā consisting of both the subtle causes and their manifest productsSB 11.24.4
ubhaya by bothSB 11.24.16
ubhaya of both (enjoyment and liberation)SB 11.27.25-26
ubhaya sambandha both relationshipsCC Adi 5.86
ubhayaiḥ bothSB 4.29.63
ubhayaiḥ bothSB 9.15.8
ubhayaiḥ with both kindsSB 11.27.10
ubhayam bothSB 1.6.17
ubhayam bothSB 1.7.53-54
ubhayam or bothSB 1.13.44
ubhayam bothSB 2.5.33
ubhayam both (the misconceptions of I and mine)SB 2.9.3
ubhayam both of themSB 3.30.30
ubhayam bothSB 4.28.61
ubhayam bothSB 4.29.29
ubhayam bothSB 6.9.36
ubhayam both (the material world of material elements and the living entity)SB 6.16.52
ubhayam both of themSB 6.16.52
ubhayam both types of consciousness (sleep and wakefulness)SB 6.16.56
ubhayam bothSB 7.7.15
ubhayam both of themSB 7.7.47
ubhayam both (manifestation and annihilation)SB 8.3.4
yatra ubhayam if there are both (behavior and auspiciousness)SB 8.8.22
ubhayam bothSB 10.82.46
ubhayam that which is comprised of both (namely, the material bodies)SB 10.87.24
ubhayam both of theseSB 11.13.25
ubhayam both (the mind and sense objects)SB 11.13.26
ubhayam both (obtaining and not obtaining good food)SB 11.18.33
ubhayam both (heaven and hell)SB 11.20.12
ubhayam belonging to both these categoriesSB 11.22.15
ubhayam bothIso 11
ubhayam bothIso 14
ubhayaspṛṣṭiḥ UbhayaspṛṣṭiSB 5.20.26
ubhayataḥ for present and future existenceSB 2.4.16
ubhayataḥ in both jawsSB 3.29.30
ubhayataḥ separatelySB 4.7.55
ubhayataḥ from both directionsSB 4.14.8
ubhayataḥ from both sidesSB 4.14.8
ubhayataḥ both on top and belowSB 5.7.10
ubhayataḥ from both sidesSB 5.14.13
ubhayataḥ to the east and the westSB 5.16.8
ubhayataḥ on both sidesSB 5.26.15
ubhayataḥ in both waysSB 6.5.6-8
ubhayataḥ in this life and the nextSB 8.12.6
ubhayataḥ from both sides (from Kālayavana and also from Jarāsandha)SB 10.50.45
ubhayataḥ in both (worlds)SB 10.87.39
ubhayataḥ in both this life and the nextSB 11.27.49
ubhayataḥ from both endsCC Antya 1.161
ubhayathā api both in this life and in the nextSB 5.14.23
ubhayathā in both states (sleep and wakefulness)SB 10.42.26-27
ubhayatra both the upper and lower or inside and outsideSB 1.19.6
ubhayatra api both in God and in the living entitySB 3.7.15
ubhayatra in both casesSB 4.4.1
ubhayatra in both waysSB 4.28.35-36
ubhayatra always (during both day and night, or both in this life and the next)SB 5.18.18
ubhayatra around both the sun and moonSB 5.24.3
ubhayatra in both ways (spiritually and materially)SB 7.9.47
ubhayatra for both occasionsSB 7.15.3
ubhayatra rendered to both (moving and nonmoving creatures, or the Lord and His devotees)SB 11.3.29
udaya haya awakenCC Madhya 13.101
nā haya udgama never to come up againCC Madhya 21.113
udgranthayaḥ without attachment, free from material bondageSB 3.15.47
udgrathayanti root outSB 4.22.39
ūḍha-bhaya affected by fearSB 2.7.24
bhaya-udvignāḥ agitated by fearSB 10.16.13-15
bhaya-udvignām disturbed and full of fearSB 7.7.7
punaḥ-ukti haya it will be repetitionCC Antya 10.51
ullāghayan subduing such processes as karma, jñāna and yogaCC Madhya 19.54
ullańghayati surpassesCC Antya 1.169
unmathayat agitatingSB 4.6.30
kṛṣṇa-unmukha haya one becomes Kṛṣṇa consciousCC Madhya 20.120
upādhayaḥ particular designationsCC Adi 2.53
bhaya upajila some fear aroseCC Madhya 24.252
upamehayan moisteningSB 6.16.32
uparandhayanti cookSB 5.26.13
uparandhayati cooksSB 5.26.13
sarva-upari haya is the topmostCC Madhya 9.139
uru-bhaya-hā one who vanquishes great fearsSB 2.7.14
uru-bhaya due to great fearSB 5.8.5
utkaṇṭhā haya there was great anxietyCC Madhya 18.43
uttambhayan raisingSB 5.25.3
uttambhayan incitingSB 10.29.45-46
uttambhayan evokingSB 12.8.18-20
āmāra vā haya may be MineCC Antya 14.30
vaiṣṇava haya become devoteesCC Madhya 7.103
vaiṣṇava haya become devoteesCC Madhya 9.8
vāñchā haya is My desireCC Madhya 9.172
vāñchā haya I desireCC Madhya 10.97
vardhayan increasingSB 10.90.48
vardhayan increasingCC Madhya 13.79
vaśa haya becomes satisfiedCC Madhya 20.136
vaśa haya comes under controlCC Madhya 24.29
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Adi 13.12
chaya vatsara continuously for six yearsCC Adi 13.35
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Adi 13.38
chaya vatsara for six yearsCC Madhya 1.19
chaya vatsara for six yearsCC Madhya 1.23
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Madhya 1.246
chaya vatsara six yearsCC Madhya 1.285
śateka vatsara haya there are one hundred yearsCC Madhya 20.322
chaya vatsara continuously for six yearsCC Madhya 25.240
vātula haya becomes a madmanCC Madhya 24.323
veda-bhaya afraid of the injunctions of the VedasCC Madhya 8.36
haihayaḥ nahuṣaḥ veṇaḥ Haihaya (Kārtavīrya), Nahuṣa and VeṇaSB 10.73.20
vibhayaḥ babhūva has become fearlessSB 5.20.19
chaya vibheda therefore there are six varietiesCC Madhya 24.155
vicchedera bhaya because of fearing separationCC Madhya 16.10
pūrta-vidhayaḥ prescribed pious worksMM 21
vidīrṇa haya mana mind becomes disturbedCC Madhya 11.157
vigarhayan condemningSB 6.18.44
vigarhayan condemningSB 9.18.25
vigarhayanti disapprovingSB 1.7.13-14
vigata-sudarśana-bhayaḥ who is not afraid of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His Sudarśana cakraSB 5.24.28
bhaya-vihvalā being very disturbed by fearSB 8.22.19
bhaya-vihvala-īkṣaṇam whose eyes appeared distressed because of such fear of His motherSB 10.9.11
bhaya-vihvalaḥ under pressure of fearfulnessSB 1.17.29
bhaya-vihvalām being afraidSB 1.8.8
viluṇṭhayati plundersCC Antya 1.190
vimohayan bewilderingSB 10.29.17
vimohayantīm in this way captivating everyoneSB 8.12.21
vimohayati bewildersBG 3.40
vimohayati bewildersSB 1.8.31
vimohayati He will bewilderSB 11.4.22
nā haya vināśa is not destroyedCC Antya 3.55
viṣa-jvālā haya there is suffering from poisonous effectsCC Madhya 2.50
mote viṣaya nā haya I am no longer interested in material opulencesCC Antya 9.139
viśva haya the cosmic manifestation has comeCC Madhya 25.51
bhaya-vitrastau seized with overwhelming fearSB 10.57.29
viyoga-bhaya-kātarāḥ being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
vyādhayaḥ diseasesSB 1.10.6
vyādhayaḥ disturbances of the body, or diseasesSB 4.29.23-25
vyādhayaḥ the pains of the body, such as diseaseSB 5.10.10
vyādhayaḥ diseasesSB 5.24.13
vyādhayaḥ different types of diseaseSB 6.1.12
vyādhayaḥ miseries pertaining to the bodySB 8.22.32
vyādhayaḥ diseasesSB 10.56.11
vyagarhayan they condemnedSB 10.23.39
vyathayanti are distressingBG 2.15
vyathayate gives painCC Madhya 23.29
yadi ājñā haya if you kindly give me permissionCC Madhya 11.19
śraddhā yadi haya if there is faithCC Madhya 23.9
yaiche haya just as in this sentenceCC Madhya 24.300
yata haya as many as there wereCC Madhya 3.49
yata haya as many as there areCC Antya 17.64
yatra ubhayam if there are both (behavior and auspiciousness)SB 8.8.22
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
saṃrambha-bhaya-yogena through intense fear and enmitySB 7.1.28-29
yogya haya it is fitCC Antya 3.155
yogya haya is fitCC Antya 6.151
yuddha-bhaya fear of fightingCC Madhya 16.173
DCS with thanks
94 results
haya noun (masculine) (in prosody) a foot of four short syllables (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a man of a particular class (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a symbolical expression for the number "seven" (on account of the 7 horses of the Sun) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Sahasrada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Śatājit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the horses of the Moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proceleusmaticus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the family of Haya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Yak or Bos Grunniens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the zodiacal sign Sagittarius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 596/72933
hayabhakṣyā noun (feminine) a kind of date tree
Frequency rank 72320/72933
hayagandhā noun (feminine) another plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Physalis Flexuosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18680/72933
hayaghna noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 41366/72933
hayagrīva noun (masculine) name of a Daitya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a form of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rājarṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tantra deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wicked king of the Videhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the supposed author of the Chāndogya Upanishad and various other writers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9293/72933
hayagrīvapūjāvidhi noun (masculine) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.34
Frequency rank 72315/72933
hayamedha noun (masculine) a horses sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7499/72933
hayamukha noun (neuter) a horse's face (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72321/72933
hayamāra noun (masculine) Nerium Odorum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26012/72933
hayamāraka noun (masculine) Nerium Odorum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22747/72933
hayantī noun (feminine) name of Devī at Hāstināpura
Frequency rank 72317/72933
hayapriyā noun (feminine) Phoenix sylvestris (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Physalis flexuosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72319/72933
hayapucchikā noun (feminine) Glycine Debilis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41367/72933
hayapucchī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 72318/72933
hayatīrtha noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 72316/72933
hayavaktra noun (masculine) name of a being accompanying Gaṇeśa
Frequency rank 72322/72933
hayaśiras noun (neuter) a particular mythical weapon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22748/72933
hayaśiras noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Puloman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Vaiśvānara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41368/72933
hayaśiras noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (in the form of Hayagrīva) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26013/72933
hayaśīrṣan noun (masculine) Viṣṇu in a particular form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41369/72933
hayaśīrṣapañcarātra noun (masculine) name of a text
Frequency rank 72323/72933
hayaśīrṣavant adjective
Frequency rank 72324/72933
akathayant adjective not telling
Frequency rank 41509/72933
akathayamāna adjective
Frequency rank 31324/72933
akutaścidbhaya adjective having no fear from any quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41547/72933
akutobhaya adjective having no fear from any quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6284/72933
atibhaya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 42149/72933
anarthayant adjective not desiring
Frequency rank 42746/72933
anuparodhayant adjective not reducing
Frequency rank 43187/72933
anubhaya adjective none of both
Frequency rank 13934/72933
abādhayant adjective not oppressing
Frequency rank 26502/72933
abhaya noun (neuter) (applied as proper name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in Plakṣadvīpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Andropogon Muricatum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of symbol procuring security (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal security (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
absence or removal of fear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
safety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
security (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the root of a fragrant grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2132/72933
abhaya noun (masculine) name of a natural son of Bimbisāra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river in Krauñcadvīpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra name of a son of Idhmajihva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20673/72933
abhaya adjective fearless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undaunted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7378/72933
abhayatva noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 44083/72933
abhayada noun (masculine) an Arhat of the Jainas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king [the son of Manasyu and father of Sudhanvan] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 26510/72933
abhayaṃkara adjective causing safety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10557/72933
avikṣobhayant adjective [medic.] not exciting (the doṣas)
Frequency rank 45327/72933
avirodhayant adjective not impeding
Frequency rank 32719/72933
aviśodhayant adjective
Frequency rank 45466/72933
asaṃkṣobhayant adjective not shaking (trans.)
Frequency rank 45820/72933
aspṛhayant adjective not desirous
Frequency rank 32920/72933
ahibhaya noun (neuter) a king's apprehension of treachery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46115/72933
ahibhayadā noun (feminine) Flacourtia Cataphracta Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 46116/72933
ubhaya adjective both (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in both manners (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in both ways (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of both kinds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 755/72933
ubhayajanman adjective produced from two ...
Frequency rank 47769/72933
ubhayatas indeclinable before and after from or on both sides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in both cases (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to both sides (with gen. or acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3151/72933
ubhayataḥkālam indeclinable at both times (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47770/72933
ubhayatobhāgahara adjective
Frequency rank 33583/72933
ubhayatra indeclinable in both cases or times (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in both places (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
on both sides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9337/72933
ubhayathā indeclinable in both cases (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in both ways (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8241/72933
ubhayapād adjective dviped
Frequency rank 33584/72933
ubhayamukha adjective a pregnant female (so called because the embryo has its face turned in an opposite direction to that of the mother) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47771/72933
ubhayavidha adjective of two kinds or forms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47772/72933
ubhayavyatireka noun (masculine) [poet.] a kind of vyatireka
Frequency rank 47773/72933
ubhayasaptamī noun (feminine) name of a particular day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47774/72933
gatabhaya noun (neuter) name of a Varṣa
Frequency rank 51027/72933
garbhayantra noun (neuter) an apparatus for calcination of paste
Frequency rank 8774/72933
garbhayantraka noun (neuter) garbhayantra
Frequency rank 21201/72933
gṛhayantra noun (neuter) an apparatus to which on festive occasions the flags of a house are fastened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34688/72933
grahayajña noun (masculine) a sacrifice offered to the planets (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21243/72933
dhaya adjective drinking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sucking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35970/72933
dhayana noun (neuter) drinking sucking
Frequency rank 55326/72933
nirbhaya noun (neuter) fearlessness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
security (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56248/72933
nirbhaya adjective fearless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free from danger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not afraid of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tranquil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3970/72933
puṣpaṃdhaya noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58321/72933
pratigarbhayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 37148/72933
pratibhaya noun (neuter) danger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fear (with abl. or ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24701/72933
pratibhaya adjective dangereous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
formidable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11009/72933
pratibhayatama adjective extremely awful
Frequency rank 58841/72933
bhagīrathayaśas noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Prasenajit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24883/72933
bhaya noun (neuter) alarm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apprehension danger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
danger from (abl. or comp.) or to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dismay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
distress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dread fear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fear of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
peril (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
terror (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 161/72933
bhaya noun (masculine) disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Fear personifled (as a Vasu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29449/72933
bhayadarśin adjective apprehensive of danger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fearful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60566/72933
bhayanāśinī noun (feminine) Ficus heterophylla
Frequency rank 37772/72933
bhayavant adjective terrible
Frequency rank 60567/72933
bhayaṃkara noun (masculine) a kind of falcon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of small owl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the Viśve Devāh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various persons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29450/72933
bhayaṃkarī noun (feminine) name of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37773/72933
bhayaṃkara adjective terrible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3919/72933
mahābhaya noun (masculine) Great Danger personified as a son of Adharma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61793/72933
mahābhaya noun (neuter) a kind of Mantra
Frequency rank 25013/72933
vihaya adjective deprived of horses
Frequency rank 66324/72933
vītabhaya noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39615/72933
veṇuhaya noun (masculine) name of a descendant of Yadu; a son of Śatajit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30344/72933
śāntabhaya noun (masculine) name of a son of Medhātithi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25584/72933
śvetahaya noun (masculine) a white horse (name of the horse of Indra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20192/72933
sahayajña adjective with sacrifices (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69668/72933
stanaṃdhaya noun (masculine) a calf (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a suckling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
infant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71659/72933
stanaṃdhaya adjective sucking the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71660/72933
harihaya noun (masculine) a horse of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Gaṇeśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20395/72933
hṛcchaya adjective lying or abiding in the heart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72639/72933
hṛcchaya noun (masculine) Kāmadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
love
Frequency rank 13893/72933
hehaya noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 72729/72933
haihaya noun (masculine) a king of the Haihayas (esp. applied to Arjuna Kārtavīrya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a medical author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a race (said to have been descendants of Yadu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Sahasrada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Śatajit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6195/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

abhaya

fearless, undaunted.

abhaya

vetiver grass, Andropogon muricatum.

bhaya

fear; dread; apprehension; alarm.

garbhayantra

a device to collect oils; one small earthen pot kept in another earthern pot and closed with a third earthern pot and heated. The top earthen pot is filled with water and heated water is constantly changed till the inner part yields the product.

kaṅkamukhayantra

surgical instrument shaped like a heron’s mouth.

koṣṭhayantra

ironsmith furnace; producing high temparatures using an air bladder.

samdanshayantra

artery forceps, pincher like forceps useful in surgery.

Wordnet Search
"haya" has 154 results.

haya

kāñcanāraḥ, kovidāraḥ, camarikaḥ, kuddālaḥ, yugapatrakam, kaṇakārakaḥ, kāntapuṣpaḥ, karakaḥ, kāntāraḥ, yamalacchadaḥ, kāñcanālaḥ, tāmrapuṣpaḥ, kudāraḥ, raktakāñcanaḥ, vidālaḥ, kuṇḍalī, raktapuṣpaḥ, campaḥ, yugapatraḥ, kanakāntakaḥ, kanakārakaḥ, karbudāraḥ, gaṇḍāriḥ, girijaḥ, camarikaḥ, tāmrapuṣpakaḥ, mahāpuṣpaḥ, yugmaparṇaḥ, yugmapatraḥ, varalabdhaḥ, vidalaḥ, śoṇapuṣpakaḥ, satkāñcanāraḥ, siṃhāsyaḥ, hayavāhanasaṅkaraḥ, hayavāhanaśaṅkaraḥ, suvarṇāraḥ, svalpakesarī, āsphotaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi śobhanīyāni santi।

udyānapālaḥ kāñcanārasya śākhāṃ adhogṛhītvā puṣpāṇi vicinoti।

haya

ubhayacara   

yaḥ jale sthale ca ubhayatra nivasati।

maṇḍūkaḥ ekaḥ ubhayacaraḥ asti।

haya

uśīraḥ, abhayam, naladam, sevyam, amṛṇālam, jalāśayam, lāmajjakam, laghulayam, avadāham, iṣṭakāpatham, uṣīram, mṛṇālam, laghu, layam, avadānam, iṣṭam, kāpatham, avadāheṣṭakāpatham, indraguptam, jalavāsam, haripiriyam, vīram, vīraṇam, samagandhikam, raṇapriyam, vīrataru, śiśiram, śītamūlakam, vitānamūlakam, jalamedas, sugandhikam, sugandhimūlakam, kambhu   

mālādūrvāyāḥ sugandhitaṃ mūlam।

vāyuśītake uśīraṃ prayujyate।

haya

śaṅkita, śaṅkin, śaṅkānvita, kṛtabhaya   

śaṅkayā yuktaḥ।

saḥ asmin kāryaviṣaye śaṅkitaḥ asti।

haya

aśvaśālā, hayaśālā, turaṅgaśālā   

aśvānāṃ vasatisthānam।

asmin aśvaśālāyāṃ pañca aśvāḥ santi।

haya

raṇatūryam, saṃgrāmapaṭahaḥ, abhayaḍiṇḍimaḥ   

tat vādyaṃ yad yuddhasamaye raṇe vādyate।

raṇatūryasya śabdaḥ sainikānāṃ manāṃsi utsāhena pūrayati।

haya

vyādhiḥ, gadaḥ, āmayaḥ, apāṭavaḥ, āmaḥ, ātaṅkaḥ, bhayaḥ, upaghātaḥ, bhaṅgaḥ, artiḥ, ruk, rujā, upatāpaḥ   

śarīrādiṣu āgataḥ doṣaḥ।

śarīraṃ vyādhīnāṃ gṛham।

haya

bhīruḥ, bhītaḥ, bhīrukaḥ, bhīruhṛdayaḥ, bhayaśīlaḥ, hariṇahṛdayaḥ, kātaraḥ, trasruḥ, dīnacetanaḥ, dīnaḥ, asāhasikaḥ, bhayāturaḥ   

yaḥ bibheti।

bhīruḥ mriyate naikavāraṃ vīraḥ ekavāram।

haya

āśaṅkā, paribhayaḥ, paribhayam, viśaṅkā   

aniṣṭasya sambhāvanayā manasi jātā kalpanā।

tasya manasi durghaṭanāyāḥ āśaṅkā jātā।

haya

vighnaya, virudh, avarudh, uparudh, samārudh, saṃnirudh, saṃrudh, samuparudh, nibādh, parirudh, pariṣṭhā, nibandh, vibandh, vyāhan, viṣṭambh, viṣṭambhaya, dvṛ, yup   

kāryaviśeṣe bādhotpannānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mādhavaḥ sarveṣu kāryeṣu vighnayati।

haya

nirbhayatā, bhayahīnatā   

bhayahīnasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

baddhaḥ porasaḥ nirbhayatayā sikandaram uttarayati।

haya

nirbhaya   

bhayavirahitaḥ।

vatsa, nirbhayaḥ khalu tvam asmin nibīḍe vane ekākī bhramasi।

haya

bhayapūrṇatā   

bhayapūrṇasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

bhayapūrṇatāyāḥ kāraṇāt saḥ rātrau gṛhāt bahiḥ na gacchati।

haya

bhayapūrṇa   

bhayena paripūrṇam।

asmin bhayapūrṇe vātāvaraṇe na vasituṃ na śaknomi।

haya

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

haya

aśvaḥ, vājī, hayaḥ, turagaḥ, turaṅgaḥ, turaṅgamaḥ, saindhavaḥ, pītiḥ, pītī, ghoṭakaḥ, ghoṭaḥ, vītiḥ, vāhaḥ, arvā, gandharvaḥ, saptiḥ, hariḥ   

grāmyapaśuviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ viṣāṇahīnaḥ catuṣpādaḥ।

rāṇāpratāpasya aśvasya nāma cetakaḥ iti āsīt।

haya

aśvagandhā, prasūkā, palāśaparṇī, vātaghnī, vṛṣā, avarohakaḥ, varāhapatrī, raktagandhā, hayagandhā, varāhī, varāhakarṇī, varadā   

catvāri padāni yāvat unnataḥ ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya mūlāni bheṣajarūpeṇa upayujyante।

aśvagandhāyāḥ puṣpāṇi laghuni kānicana dīrghāṇi tathā ca pītaharitavarṇīyāni santi।

haya

bhayam, bhītiḥ, bhīrutā, santrāsaḥ, paritrāsaḥ, daraḥ, sādhvasam, trāsaḥ   

vipatteḥ aniṣṭasya vā āśaṅkāyāḥ janitaḥ manovikāraḥ।

saurāṣṭre yaḥ sāmpradāyikaḥ saṃkṣobhaḥ abhūt tasmāt janānāṃ manāṃsi bhayena ākulāni abhavat।

haya

yodhaya, pratiyodhaya, āyodhaya, vigrāhaya   

yodhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mohanaḥ sohanaṃ jañjapya śyāmena saha yodhayati।

haya

sāntv, parisāntv, āśvas, praśvas, samāśvāsaya, pariviśvāsaya, paryāśvāsaya, pratyāśvāsaya, prāśvāsaya, viśvāsaya, ślāghaya   

śokena ākulasya pratyāyanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

yūnaḥ putrasya mṛtyunā śokākulaṃ kulaṃ bāndhavāḥ sāntvayanti।

haya

bhayaṅkara, bhairava, dāruṇa, bhīṣma, ghora, bhīma, bhayānaka, pratibhaya, bhayāvaha, raudra, bhīṣaṇa   

bhayajanakam।

mahiṣāsuraṃ hantuṃ devī mahākālī raudraṃ rūpam adhārayat।

haya

dāruṇa, bhayaṅkara, ghora, bhīṣaṇa   

yad atīva vidārakam asti।

yadā rāmaḥ vanavāse gataḥ tadā tasya viyogasya dāruṇena duḥkhena daśarathaḥ kālavaśaḥ abhavat।

haya

skandaḥ, ṣaḍānanaḥ, kumāraḥ, kārttikeyaḥ, ṣāṇmāturaḥ, mayūraketuḥ, siddhasenaḥ, viśākhaḥ, agnibhūḥ, āmbikeyaḥ, āgneyaḥ, kāmajitaḥ, gāṅgeyaḥ, candrānanaḥ, tārakāriḥ, devavrataḥ, mayūreśaḥ, śikhīśvaraḥ, kārtikaḥ, harihayaḥ, krauñcāriḥ, mahiṣārdanaḥ, rudratejaḥ, bhavātmajaḥ, śāṅkariḥ, śikhībhūḥ, ṣaṇmukhaḥ, kāntaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

bhagavataḥ śivasya jyeṣṭhaputraḥ।

senānīnāmaham skandaḥ।

haya

bhayavipluta, bhayagrasta, bhayatrasta   

yaḥ bibheti।

bhayaviplutaḥ manuṣyaḥ anyāyam abhibhavituṃ na śaknoti।

haya

vac, kathaya, ācakṣ, vad, nivedaya, āvedaya, nirdiś, vijñāpaya, varṇaya, upanyas   

viṣayaviśeṣam adhikṛtya vākyaprabandhānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adya ācāryaḥ hindūsaṃskṛtim adhikṛtya vakti।

haya

sambodhaya, saṃbodhaya, śās, bhāṣ, ābhāṣ, abhibhāṣ, sambhāṣ, paribhāṣ, vyābhāṣ, saṃvibhāṣ, samābhāṣ, samālap, ālap, abhimantr, sammantr, saṃmantr, anubhāṣ, abhidhā, samabhidhā, anuśās, abhijalp, anubrū, āvac, vad, āvad, upavad   

sabhādiṣu jamasāmānyān uddiśya codanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adya pradhānamantrī bahuviśālāṃ janasabhām samabodhayat।

haya

ubhayacaraprāṇī, ubhayacarajīvaḥ   

saḥ jīvaḥ yaḥ jale sthale ca nivasati।

maṇḍūkaḥ iti ekaḥ ubhayacaraprāṇī।

haya

saṃśayakara, saṃkaṭamaya, saṃkaṭapūrṇa, bhayakara   

yasyāṃ saṃkaṭam asti।

sarpapālanam iti ekaṃ saṃśayakaraṃ kāryam asti।

haya

prī, prīṇaya, ānandaya, toṣaya, saṃtoṣaya, santoṣaya, prasādaya, āhlādaya, harṣaya, modaya, tarpaya, ārādhaya, anurañjaya, saṃramaya, pariramaya, sukhaya   

svasya ācaraṇajanyaḥ anyeṣām ānandajanakānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmaḥ svasya ācaraṇena sarvān prīṇāti।

haya

vimohaya, vilobhaya   

anyeṣāṃ cittasya ākarṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhagavataḥ rāmacandrasya rūpaṃ maithilān vimohayati।

haya

vinodaya, ānand, parisaṃkrīḍ, prakrīḍ, līlāya, vilobhaya, āprī   

cittasya prasādanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

naṭaiḥ melake vayam vyanodayāma।

haya

riktīkṛ, ric, viric, śūnyīkṛ, tucchaya   

pūritāt bhāṇḍādikāt pūritadravyasya niṣkarṣānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sthālīstham odanaṃ vyaricat।

haya

bhramaraḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuvrataḥ, madhukaraḥ, madhuliṭ, madhupaḥ, aliḥ, alī, puṣpaliṭ, bhṛṅgaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, kalālāpakaḥ, śilīmukhaḥ, puṣpandhayaḥ, madhukṛt, dvipaḥ, bhasaraḥ, cañcarikaḥ, sukāṇḍī, madhulolupaḥ, madhumārakaḥ, indindiraḥ, madhuparaḥ, lambaḥ, puṣpakīṭaḥ, madhusūdanaḥ, bhṛṅgarājaḥ, madhulehī, reṇuvāsaḥ, kāmukaḥ, kaliṅgapakṣī, mārkavaḥ, bhṛṅgarajaḥ, aṅgārkaḥ, bhṛṅgāraḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, pratikusumaṃ bhrāmyan kṛṣṇakīṭaḥ।

bhramarāṇāṃ kadambaḥ priyaḥ asti।

haya

uttejaya, prakopaya, saṃkṣobhaya, uttāpaya, saṃtāpaya, uddīpaya, udyojaya, utthāpaya, protsahaya, pracodaya, vardhaya, pravartaya, saṃdhukṣaya, sandhukṣaya   

saṃvegānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ rāmasya kathanaṃ śrutvā auttejayat।

haya

prārthaya, yāc, nivedaya   

duḥkhādinivāraṇārthaṃ preraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya daṇḍaṃ nyūnīkartuṃ rāṣṭrapatiṃ prārthayati।

haya

adhyāpaya, pāṭhaya, śikṣaya, upadeśaya, śās   

vidyādānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmānujaḥ vidyālaye gaṇitam adhyāpayati। / śiṣyaḥ te ahaṃ śādhi mām।

haya

doṣāt mocaya, doṣāt vimocaya, pāpāt mocaya, pāpāt vimocaya, śodhaya, viśodhaya, pāpāt nistāraya, doṣāt nistāraya   

kṛtāt aparādhāt aparādhinaḥ vimuktidānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nyāyādhīśaḥ bandinaṃ doṣāt amocayat।

haya

prāk sūcaya, pratyādiś, prāk prabodhaya, sāvadhānīkṛ   

upasthitāpadviṣayiṇyaḥ athavā vātāvaraṇaviṣayiṇyaḥ dakṣatāyāḥ pūrvaṃ kathanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vāyuvidyāvibhāgaḥ dhīvarān asūcayat yat te samudram prati na gacchantu iti।

haya

vyath, pīḍ, kliś, bādh, duḥkhaya, saṃtap, khid   

manasi duḥkhasya anubhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhavatāṃ kāryaiḥ aham atīva vyathe।

haya

vañcaya, pratāraya, pralobhaya, bhramaya, mohaya   

alīkena vyavahāreṇa anyeṣāṃ vañcanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

cauraḥ palāyitum ārakṣakam avañcayat।

haya

ucchodhaya   

kasmiṃścana vastuni lagnānāṃ dhūlikāṇādīnām apanayanāya uddhṛtya vimalīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ śayyām ucchodhayati।

haya

kṛṣ, bhiṭ, vidṛ, halaṃ vāhaya, halaṃ cālaya, utkaṣ   

halena vā lāṅgalena kṣetrasya vilekhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ kṣetraṃ karṣati।

haya

āhvāyaya, hvāyaya, pratyādeśaya, samāhvayaya, ākāraya, ānāyaya, āvāhaya, upāhvāyaya, nimantraya, āmantraya, abhimantraya, abhipreṣaya, upapreṣaya, upamantraya, pracodaya, prajñāpaya, abhiyojaya   

āvāhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adhyāpikā rājīvena mām āhvāyayati।

haya

samīkṛ, picchaya, piccaya   

klinnamṛdgomayādīni āhatya niṣpīḍya ca kvacit saṃyāne sthāpayitvā vā ākāravidhānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

grāme gomayakhaṇḍān kartuṃ gomayaṃ samīkriyate।

haya

samādhā, sādhaya   

kasyāścana samasyāyāḥ kāṭhinyāpanayanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ imāṃ samasyāṃ samādhatte।

haya

nimantraya, āmantraya, upanimantraya, sannimantraya, āhve, samāhve, upahve, ketaya, saṅketaya, abhyarthaya, ākāraya, āvāhaya   

sabhādiṣu samārohādiṣu ca sammelituṃ vijñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya vivāhasamārohe sarvān nimantrayati।

haya

upaveśaya, samupaveśaya, āsanaṃ grāhaya   

āsanam āsandaṃ vā grahītuṃ preraṇārūpaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ bālakaṃ āsande upaveśayati।

haya

śiśuḥ, stanandhayaḥ, stanapaḥ, dārakaḥ, ḍiṃbhaḥ, kṣīrapāḥ, bālaḥ, bālakaḥ   

yaḥ idānīmeva athavā kasmāccana kālāt pūrvameva sañjātaḥ।

idānīṃtane kāle cikitsālayāt śiśūnāṃ cauryaṃ sāmānyameva।

haya

vañcaya, vyaṃsaya, vyājaya, vipralabh, muc, maṅgh, pralambhaya, pratāraya   

anyena saha pratāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ mām vañcayati।

haya

vañcaya, mohaya, vilobhaya, pralobhaya   

vimohanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adya ānandaḥ rāhulaṃ vañcayati।

haya

bandhaya   

bandhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ bhaginyā rakṣāsūtraṃ bandhayati।

haya

śamaya, upaśamaya, praśamaya, saṃśamaya, praviśāmaya, nāśaya, nirvāpaya, parihan, udvāpaya, vidhmāpaya, vilopaya, śoṣaya, saṃsādhaya, samāstṛ, upadāsaya, saṃprakṣāpaya   

kecana padārthena agnipraśamanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ dīpaṃ śamayati।

haya

mohaya, vilobhaya   

mohanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmaḥ svavacanaiḥ śyāmaṃ mohayati।

haya

bhairavarasaḥ, dāruṇarasaḥ, bhīṣaṇarasaḥ, bhīṣmarasaḥ, ghorarasaḥ, bhīmarasaḥ, bhayānakarasaḥ, bhayaṅkararasaḥ, pratibhayarasaḥ   

sāhityasya navaraseṣu ekaḥ yasya sthāyībhāvaḥ bhayam asti tathā ca jagupsāvegasaṃmohasaṃtrāsaglānidīnatāśaṅkāsambhrāntijanakaḥ api।

asyāṃ kavitāyāṃ bhayānakarasaḥ asti।

haya

utsavaṃ nirvartaya, utsavaṃ nirvāhaya   

putrajanmavivāhasadṛśāni maṅgalakāryāṇi sotsāhaṃ yathāvidhi anuṣṭhānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

parijanāḥ putrasya janmanaḥ sotsāham utsavaṃ nirvartayanti।

haya

mṛgayāṃ car, mṛgayāṃ paridhāv, saṃvāhaya, mṛg   

vane araṇye vā paśūn anusṛtya āyudhena balāt prāṇaharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

purā rājānaḥ manovinodanārthaṃ mṛgayāṃ caranti sma।

haya

vyajanin, vāladhipriyaḥ, vālamṛgaḥ, hayaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ।

vyajaninaḥ pucchāt camaraṃ nirmīyate।

haya

pratikṛ, saṃmukhīkṛ, abhimukhīkṛ, abhimukhaya   

anyaiḥ kṛtasya ākramaṇasya pratirodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya śatrūn pratyakarot।

haya

majjaya, nimajjaya, avagāhaya, vigāhaya, abhipragāhaya, āplāvaya   

jale vā dravapadārthe vā āplavanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mahātmā jalaṃ pātuṃ kamaṇḍaluṃ nadyām amajjayat।

haya

prakṣobhaya, saṃkṣobhaya, vikṣobhaya, udvejaya   

kenacit kāryeṇa karmaṇā vā krodhituṃ preraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasya jalpanaṃ mām prakṣobhayati।

haya

nirṇī, niści, sādhaya, siddhīkṛ, niṣpādaya, parikalpaya, vyavaso, avadhāraṇaṃ kṛ, nirdhāraṇaṃ kṛ, sampradhāraṇaṃ kṛ, samīkṛ   

kasyāpi praśnasya vivādasya vā samādhānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāmahaḥ vivādaṃ nirṇayati।

haya

vyathaya, pīḍaya   

durvacanaiḥ durācaraṇena vā anyasya duḥkhotpādanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śvaśrūḥ durvacanaiḥ snuṣāṃ vyathayati।

haya

karṇe jap, karṇam upajap, karṇe kathaya, karṇe vad   

nīcaiḥ svareṇa karṇe bhāṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

videśinīṃ snuṣāṃ dṛṣṭvā janāḥ karṇe ajapan।

haya

vigandhaya, durgandhaya   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ durgandhajanakaḥ āmodanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

taḍāgasya jalaṃ vigandhayati।

haya

bharjaya, bhṛjjaya, niṣṭāpaya, paribharjaya, paribhṛjjaya, pratāpaya, dāhaya   

bharjanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātulānī caṇakacūrṇaṃ kartuṃ sevakena kilogrāmaikaparimāṇakaṃ caṇakam abharjayat।

haya

yācaya, bhikṣaya, arthaya, prārthaya   

yācanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

dineśaḥ āpaṇāt anyena hindīvyākaraṇasya pustakam ayācayat।

haya

śamaya, praśamaya, upaśamaya, prasādaya, saṃtoṣaya, santoṣaya, paritoṣaya, sāntvaya, ārādhaya   

santoṣajanakapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā bālakaṃ tasya mitreṇa śamayati।

haya

apahāraya, saṃgrāhaya, samālābhaya, apanāyaya, abhitaṃsaya, abhilopaya, glocaya, muṣāya, moṣaya, parimoṣaya, pramoṣaya, ruṇṭaya, luṇṭaya, luṇṭhaya, loṣaya, saṃhāraya, sammoṣaya, hāraya   

saukaryātiśayena apaharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nagare śreṣṭhī apāhārayata।

haya

upasādhaya, prasādhaya   

vastradhāraṇakeśaracanāpūrvakasajjanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vadhūḥ ādau upasādhayati paścāt vivāhamaṇḍapam āgacchati।

haya

saṃśodhaya, viśodhaya   

doṣanivāraṇānukūlaḥ saṃśodhanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ācāryaḥ asmadbhiḥ likhitaṃ prabandhaṃ saṃśodhayati।

haya

āpatkālaḥ, mahadbhayam   

akasmāt udbhūtā vipattiḥ।

vimānasya yantrāvarodhanena āpatkālaḥ udbhūtaḥ।

haya

gumph, vaṭaya, granthaya, viracaya, racaya, dṛbh   

sūtre tantau vā sūtraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mālatī citrapuṣpāṇāṃ mālāṃ gumphati।

haya

saṃvādaya, vādaya, saṃlekhaya   

saukaryātiśayena vādyasya śabdanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vivāhamaṇḍape sānikā saṃvādayate।

haya

pratibodhaya, unnidraya, jāgaraya, prabodhaya, vibodhaya, samutthāpaya, samprabodhaya   

nidrākṣayapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā rāhulaṃ prātaḥkāle pratibodhayati।

haya

pratibodhaya, jāgaraya, prabodhaya, vibodhaya, samutthāpaya, samprabodhaya   

acetanasya samāśvasanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

hṛdgatiḥ stabdhā ataḥ saḥ urasi niṣpīḍya taṃ manuṣyaṃ pratibodhayati।

haya

anuśās, upa-viś, pūrvaṃ prabodhaya, pūrvam anubodhaya   

sāvadhānatapūrvakācaraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitarau nityaṃ pramādaṃ na kartuṃ putram anuśiṣṭaḥ।

haya

bhīṣaṇa, vikaṭa, ghora, bhayaṅkara   

yasya pariṇāmaḥ gambhīraḥ asti।

hatyā iti ekaḥ bhīṣaṇaḥ aparādhaḥ asti।

haya

prajvalaya, dīpaya, uddīpaya, samindhaya, sandhukṣaya, saṃdhukṣaya   

agnisamparkahetukaḥ prajvalanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

annaṃ paktuṃ mālatī cullīṃ prajvalayati।

haya

pūjaya, abhipūjaya, sampūjaya, prapūjaya, paripūjaya, ārādhaya, āsev, paryupās, sev, upasev, upās, bhaj, añc, mah   

bhaktyā śraddhayā vā ādarapradarśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ mama ācāryaṃ pūjayāmi।

haya

kleśaya, tāpaya, pīḍaya, vyathaya   

śārirīkyā mānasikyā vā vedanayā duḥkhotpādanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rājā yuddhabandīn atīva kleśayati।

haya

du, śuc, khid, pīḍaya, bādh, kliś, vyathaya, upatap, saṃtap, santap, paritap, āyas, udvij, duḥkhaya   

duḥkhānubhūtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mṛtaḥ puruṣaḥ kadāpi na pratyāgacchati bhavān mā dauṣīḥ।

haya

vāhaya, pravāhaya   

dravapadārthasya ekasthānaviyogapūrvakānyasthānasaṃyogapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bālakaḥ dīrghikāyāṃ saṅgṛhītaṃ jalam avāhayat।

haya

vāhaya, pravāhaya   

jaladhārāyāṃ vahanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

hindujanāḥ mṛtasya asthīni nadyāṃ vāhayanti।

haya

īrṣyaya, spṛhaya   

anyasya manasi asūyotpannapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

jyeṣṭhā nūtanāni vastrāṇi paridhṛtya devṛpatnīṃ īrṣyayati।

haya

āhve, hve, pratyādiś, samāhve, ākāraya, ānāyaya, āvāhaya, upāhve, nimantraya, āmantraya, abhimantraya, abhipreṣ, upapreṣ, upamantraya, pracodaya, prajñā, abhiyuj   

samīpam āgantum anyeṣāṃ codanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāmahī pitāmahaṃ saṅketena āhvayati।

haya

prapāṭhaya, sampāṭhaya   

vāṅniṣpattipreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ācāryaḥ guṇanakoṣṭakaṃ śiṣyaiḥ prapāṭhayati।

haya

ārohaya   

ārohaṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitā māṃ hindole ārohayati।

haya

pravardhaya, prabalaya   

vṛddhipreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

atīva auṣṇyaṃ vartate, vyajanasya vegaṃ pravardhayantu।

haya

viśodhaya, śodhaya, samādhā, pratisamādhā   

doṣapramārjanapūrvakaḥ utkarṣānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sarvakāraḥ kṛṣisaṃsādhanān viśodhayati।

haya

aśvamedhaḥ, aśvamedhayajñaḥ   

prācīnakālīnaḥ yajñaviśeṣaḥ yasmin aśvasya mastiṣke jayapatraṃ sthāpayitvā taṃ bhūmaṇḍalasya parikramaṇārthe preṣayanti sma।

aśvamedhasya aśvaḥ yadā bhūmaṇḍalasya parikramāṃ kṛtvā pratyāgacchati tadā tasya māṃsaṃ upayujya yajñaṃ kurvanti sma।

haya

pūjaya, upās, upasthā, abhyarc, arc, arcaya, ārādhaya, bhaj, anubhaj, sev, upasev, namasya   

dhūpadīpanaivedyānām arpaṇena vā stutigītaiḥ vā anyena prakāreṇa vā iṣṭadevatāprīṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

grāmiṇāḥ navarātrau ārātri devīṃ pūjayanti।

haya

udgrath, śithilīkṛ, śithilaya, pramuc, unmuc, nirbhid, mokṣaya, vibhid, vidā, anuśrath, ucchrath, ucchvas, niścṛt, pracṛt, vicṛt, viśrath, viśrambhaya, visraṃsaya, śrath, śranth   

bandhanāt vā grantheḥ vā śithilīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pādatrāṇasya granthiṃ udgrathnātu।

haya

preraya, protsāhaya, saṃcāraya, sañcāraya, udyojaya, pravartaya, uttejaya, āśvāsaya   

pravartanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

idaṃ kāryaṃ kartuṃ śyāmaḥ māṃ prerayati।

haya

prabodhaya, avabodhaya   

bodhapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ pathabhraṣṭaṃ bālakaṃ prabodhayati।

haya

atikram, ullaṅghaya, aticar   

vratabhaṅgānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mama ekaḥ somavāsaraḥ atikramyate।

haya

pramāṇīkṛ, pramāṇaya, samarthaya, satyākṛ, satyāpaya, nirṇī   

viṣayaviśeṣasya satyatāyāḥ asatyatāyāḥ vā nirṇayanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vaijñānikāḥ kṛṣṇavivarasya viṣaye satyatāṃ pramāṇīkurvanti।

haya

avaman, apaman, avajñā, tiraskṛ, adhikṣip, nikṛ, atibrū, paribhū, nind, garh, garhaya, kutsaya, laghūkṛ, ākṣip, kṣip, upakṣip, samākṣip, ādharṣaya, avadharṣaya, sampradharṣaya, durjanīkṛ, kātkṛ, prastobhaya, laṅghaya, vipralambhaya   

mānabhaṅgānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ śyālam atīva avāmanyata।

haya

kathaya, brū, vac, vad, varṇaya, ācakṣ, cakṣ, śaṃs, ākhyā, khyā, śrāvaya, nigad, gad, parigad, nivedaya, vyāhṛ, udāhṛ, hṛ, abhidhā, nirūpaya, abhivac, āśaṃs, āśrāvaya, upavarṇaya, nibodhaya, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravac, nirvac, pravad, bhāṣ, pracakṣ, prajalp, pratipravac, vicakṣ   

vākyaprabandhena anyeṣāṃ jñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ ātmavṛttāntaṃ kathayati।

haya

sambodhaya, anuśās, upadiś, upādiś, nirdiś, pratyādiś, samādiś   

hitasya bodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā taṃ samabodhayat paraṃ saḥ tathā na ācaritavān।

haya

vyapadiś, abhidhā, vyākhyā, nirdiś, abhivad, ācakṣ, paricakṣ, upadiś, ābhāṣ, parikathaya, paripaṭh, prakīrtaya, pracakṣ, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravad, pravicakṣ, bhāṣ   

janeṣu viśiṣṭena nāmnā khyātānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

janāḥ gāndhīmahodayaṃ bāpū iti nāmnā vyapadiśanti।

haya

majjaya, nimajjaya, avagāhaya, vigāhaya, abhipragāhaya, āplāvaya   

jalena āpūraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sakṛt bhūtā prāvṛṭ grāmān majjayati।

haya

pāṭhaya   

śukasārikāṇāṃ manuṣyavat vaktuṃ paṭhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mohanaḥ śukaṃ rāma rāma iti pāṭhayati।

haya

śamaya, praśamaya, upaśamaya, prasādaya, saṃtoṣaya, santoṣaya, paritoṣaya, sāntvaya, ārādhaya   

ruṣṭasya santoṣajanakānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā bālakaṃ śamayati।

haya

bhayam, śaṃkā, akṣemaḥ, akṣemam, bhayaśaṃkā, bhayasaṃśayaḥ   

surakṣāyāḥ abhāvaḥ।

kaśmīripaṇḍiteṣu bhayaṃ vardhate eva।

haya

hayanālaḥ   

aśve sthāpayitvā pracālyamānā dūravedhinīprakāraḥ।

prācīne kāle hayanālaḥ pracalitaḥ āsīt।

haya

karavīraḥ, pratihāsaḥ, śataprāsaḥ, caṇḍātaḥ, hayamārakaḥ, pratīhāsaḥ, aśvaghnaḥ, hayāriḥ, aśvamārakaḥ, śītakumbhaḥ, turaṅgāriḥ, aśvahā, vīraḥ, hayamāraḥ, hayaghnaḥ, śatakundaḥ, aśvarodhakaḥ, vīrakaḥ, kundaḥ, śakundaḥ, śvetapuṣpakaḥ, aśvāntakaḥ, nakharāhvaḥ, aśvanāśanaḥ, sthalakumudaḥ, divyapuṣpaḥ, haripriyaḥ, gaurīpuṣpaḥ, siddhapuṣpaḥ   

ekaḥ madhyāmākāraḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

karavīre pītaraktaśuklāni puṣpāṇi bhavanti।

haya

viplavaḥ, saṃtrāsaḥ, santrāsaḥ, trāsaḥ, samudvegaḥ, mahāsādhvasam, ākasmikabhayam   

yat janeṣu bhayaṃ janayati yena tāvān mahān tumulaḥ। viplavaḥ, saṃtrāsaḥ, santrāsaḥ, trāsaḥ, samudvegaḥ, mahāsādhvasam, ākasmikabhayam;

yadā lohasuṣyāḥ sīsakagolikā nisṛtā tadā paṇyavīthikāyāṃ viplavaḥ jātaḥ।

haya

trāyamāṇā, vārṣikam, trāyantī, balabhadrikā, trāyamāṇikā, balabhadrā, sukāmā, vārṣikī, girijā, anujā, māṅgalyārhā, devabalā, pālinī, bhayanāśinī, avanī, rakṣaṇī, trāṇā, subhadrāṇī, bhadranāmikā   

ekā latā yasyāḥ bījaṃ auṣadhaṃ bhavati।

trāyamāṇāyāḥ bījaṃ śītalaṃ tridoṣanāśakaṃ ca bhavati।

haya

yojaya, niyojaya, saṃyojaya, saṃnāhaya, sannāhaya   

saukaryātiśayena aśvavṛṣabhādīnāṃ saṃyojanabhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

yānena vṛṣabhau yojayataḥ।

haya

tāraya, uttāraya, laṅghaya, vilaṅghaya, atyāyaya, atikrāmaya, krāmaya, viyāpaya, ativartaya, atipāraya   

jalāśayādīnām ekasmāt tīrataḥ anyatīrasaṃyogapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nāvikaḥ ghaṇṭātraye nadīm atārayat।

haya

praloṭhaya   

praloṭhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ putryā polikāṃ praloṭhayāmi।

haya

viśleṣaya, udgrathaya   

saṃśliṣṭānāṃ vastunāṃ parasparāt pṛthakkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ saṃśliṣṭāḥ rajjūḥ viśleṣayati।

haya

niṣkvāthaya, ghanīkṛ -----   

dravaviśeṣasya ghanībhavanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

dugdham itopi niṣkvāthayantu।

haya

hayagrīva upaniṣad, hayagrīvaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

hayagrīva-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

haya

hayagrīvaḥ, hayaśīrṣaḥ   

viṣṇoḥ caturviṃśatiṣu avatāreṣu ekaḥ।

āsāme hayagrīvasya mandiram asti।

haya

hayagrīvaḥ, brahmavedaprahartā   

ekaḥ asuraḥ।

hayagrīvaḥ kalpānte suptāt brahmadevāt vedān gṛhītvā palāyitaḥ।

haya

hayagrīvaḥ   

tāntrikāṇāṃ bauddhānām ekā devatā।

tāntrikaḥ hayagrīvasya upāsanāyāṃ rataḥ।

haya

śyenaḥ, patrī, śaśādaḥ, śaśādanaḥ, kapotāriḥ, kravyādaḥ, krūraḥ, vegī, khagāntakaḥ, karagaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, raṇapriyaḥ, raṇapakṣī, picchavāṇaḥ, sthūlanīlaḥ, bhayaṅkaraḥ, śaśaghātakaḥ, khagāntakaḥ, ghātipakṣī, nīlapicchaḥ, satkāṇḍaḥ, patadbhīruḥ, grāhakaḥ, mārakaḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bhāratadeśe sarvatra dṛśyate।

śyenaḥ kākasadṛśaḥ śvetodaraḥ nīlapṛṣṭhavān asti।

haya

abhayadakṣiṇā   

saṅkaṭāt rakṣaṇārthaṃ brāhmaṇāya dattaṃ dānam।

abhayadakṣiṇāṃ prāpya brāhmaṇaḥ atīva sukhī abhavat।

haya

abhayadānam, abhayavacanam   

bhayāt rakṣaṇārthaṃ dattasya vacanasya kriyā।

rājā bandine abhayadānaṃ dattavān।

haya

abhayapatram   

tat patraṃ yasya prayegena kopi manuṣyaḥ saṅkaṭāt nirgantuṃ śaknoti।

abhayapatraṃ vinā itaḥ gantuṃ na śakṣyasi।

haya

nirāpad, nirupadrava, niṣkaṇṭaka, nirāmaya, nirābādha, abhaya, nirbhaya   

yasmin kimapi saṅkaṭasya sambhāvanā nāsti।

tasya jīvanaṃ nirāpadam āsīt।

haya

abhayavacanam   

nirbhayārtham āśvāsanapradānam।

rājñā abhayavacanaṃ dattvā guptacaraḥ preṣitaḥ।

haya

abhayada   

yaḥ abhayadānaṃ karoti।

tasya abhayadaṃ vacanaṃ śrutvā murāriḥ ānanditaḥ jātaḥ।

haya

nirbhayatvam, abhayatvam   

surakṣitasya avasthā।

idānīṃ samājasya nirbhayatvaṃ vipadi asti।

haya

citragrāhiṇī, rūpitram, ālokalekhayantram   

chāyācitraṇasya sādhanam।

idānīntane kāle bhramaṇadhvanau citragrāhiṇī api bhavati।

haya

abhimukhaya   

kasmād api niścitāt sthānāt kasyām api diśi avasthānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasya gṛhaṃ mandirāt pūrvadiśam abhimukhayati। / asya gṛhasya dvāraṃ pūrvadiśam abhimukhayati।

haya

prasāraya, vardhaya   

vividheṣu kṣetreṣu abhivyāpanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bauddhāḥ bauddhamataṃ naikeṣu deśeṣu prasārayāñcakrire।

haya

kārtavīryaḥ, haihayaḥ, doḥsahastrabhṛt, arjunaḥ, kārtavīryārjunaḥ   

haihayavaṃśotpannaḥ rājā yaṃ paraśurāmaḥ jaghāna।

kārtavīryaḥ khyātaḥ āsīt।

haya

vitrāsaya, saṃtrāsaya, santrāsaya, bhīṣaya, udvejaya, pravyathaya   

bhayāśaṅkādyutpādanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

māṃ mā vitrāsayatu ahaṃ kṛśaḥ asmi।

haya

aśvaḥ, turagaḥ, turaṅgaḥ, turaṅgamaḥ, vājī, hayaḥ, pītiḥ, pītī, vītiḥ, ghoṭaḥ, ghoṭakaḥ, vāhaḥ, arvā, gandharvaḥ, saindhavaḥ, saptiḥ, hariḥ   

grāmyapaśuḥ- narajātīyaḥ yaḥ vegavān asti।

aśvaḥ rathāya yujyate।

haya

māṣaparṇī, hayapucchī, kāmbojī, mahāsahā, siṃhapucchī, ṛṣiproktā, kṛṣṇavṛntā, pāṇḍulomaśaparṇinī, ārdramāṣā, māṃsamāṣā, maṅgalyā, hayapucchikā, haṃsamāṣā, aśvapucchā, pāṇḍurā, māṣaparṇikā, kalyāṇī, vajramūlī, śāliparṇī, visāriṇī, ātmodbhavā, bahuphalā, svayambhūḥ sulabhā, ghanā, siṃhavinnā, viśācikā   

vanamāṣaḥ।

māṣaparṇyāḥ upayogaḥ bheṣajarūpeṇa bhavati।

haya

bhayaḥ   

droṇācāryasya putraviśeṣaḥ।

bhayaḥ abhimateḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।

haya

pūjaya, abhipūjaya, sampūjaya, prapūjaya, paripūjaya, ārādhaya, āsevaya, paryupāsaya, sevaya, upasevaya, upāsaya, bhājaya, añcaya, māhaya   

saukaryātiśayena pūjanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śrāvaṇamāse bhagavān śaṅkaraḥ pūjayati svayameva।

haya

abhayaḥ   

dhṛtarāṣṭraputraḥ।

abhayasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

haya

haihayavaṃśaḥ   

kṣatriyaḥ vaṃśaḥ yasya janakaḥ rājā yaduḥ āsīt।

sahastrārjunaḥ haihayavaṃśe jātaḥ।

haya

prativādibhayaṃkaraḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośe prativādibhayaṃkaraḥ ullekhitaḥ

haya

satyanāthayatiḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

satyanāthayateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

haya

samudrabandhayajvā   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

samudrabandhayajvanaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

haya

bhayajātaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bhayajātaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ

haya

bhayadaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

viṣṇu-purāṇe bhayadaḥ ullikhitaḥ

haya

bhayabhañjanaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośeṣu bhayabhañjanasya nirdeśaḥ asti

haya

bhayamānaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛgvedasya prathamamaṇḍale bhayamānasya nirdeśaḥ kṛtaḥ/e॒tattyatta॑ iṃdra॒ vṛṣṇa॑ u॒kthaṃ vā॑rṣāgi॒rā a॒bhi gṛ॑ṇanti॒ rādhaḥ॑ ṛ॒jrāśvaḥ॒ praṣṭi॑bhiramba॒rīṣaḥ॑ sa॒hade॑vo॒ bhaya॑mānaḥ su॒rādhāḥ॑

haya

grahayajñatattvam   

smṛtitattvasya bhāgaḥ ।

grahayajñatattvasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

haya

hayamukhaḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

hayamukhasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

haya

ubhayaspṛṣṭiḥ   

ekā nadī ।

ubhayaspṛṣṭeḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

haya

ubhayasaptamī   

ekaḥ viśiṣṭaḥ divasaḥ ।

ubhayasaptamyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhaviṣyapurāṇe asti

haya

ubhayavipulā   

ekaṃ chandaḥ ।

ubhayavipulāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

haya

nirbhayarāmabhaṭṭaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

nirbhayarāmabhaṭṭasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

haya

nirbhayabhīmaḥ   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

nirbhayabhīmasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

haya

chattrahayaḥ   

ekaḥ kuṭumbaḥ ।

chattrahayasya ullekhaḥ pravaragrantheṣu asti

haya

daśarathayajñārambhaḥ, daśarathavijayaḥ   

ekaḥ granthasya bhāgaḥ ।

daśarathayajñārambhaḥ padmapurāṇasya vibhāgaḥ asti

haya

kahayaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kahayaḥ śivādigaṇe parigaṇitaḥ

haya

narasiṃhayantram   

ekaṃ cakram ।

narasiṃhayantrasya ullekhaḥ tantrasāre asti

Parse Time: 2.704s Search Word: haya Input Encoding: IAST: haya